FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide
information on the electrical system of the 1995 MR2.
Applicable models:
SW20,
21 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above
models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals;
Manual Name
1995 MR2 Repair Manual
Volume 1
Volume 2
1995 TOYOTA New Car Features
Pub. No.
RM412U1
RM412U2
NCF109U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product
information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
NOTICE
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,
installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair
manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint
system malfunction.
1
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE
THIS MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLE–
SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL
WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H
POWER SOURCE
(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
loads.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to use this manual”).
The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also
contained in this section.
J
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
K
OVERALL
ELECTRICAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
I
2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into each system circuit.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source
is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown
with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where
the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying
power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground
Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit
to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find
each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring
harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal
wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection
within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from
, to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram
at the end of this manual.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the
actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
A
: System Title
B
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only
the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the
J/B.
Example:
C
J
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the
numeral indicates the pin No.)
B
= Black
L
BR
= Brown
LG = Light Green
V
G
= Green
O
= Orange
W = White
P
= Pink
Y
GR = Gray
Explanation of pin use.
= Blue
= Violet
= Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example:
L–Y
(Blue)
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only
include those in the specification.
D
R = Red
K
: Connector Color
(Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the
Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for
the Body).
Example:
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
E
: (
) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,
etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or
specification is different.
F
: Indicates related system.
G
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
shaded section.
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and
wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s
location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the
Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the
Body and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),
this indicates the same type of wiring harness and
wiring harness connector.
H
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The
code is the same as the code used in parts position.
I
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other
parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for
further clarification).
L
: Page No.
M
: Indicates a shielded cable.
N
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the
Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
O
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and male
connectors.
Example:
Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Example:
3B indicates
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.
P
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the
parts connector name used in the wire routing section
is shown in square brackets [
].
5
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW
CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL
3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL
POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL
3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.
THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3.
DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2
FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW
STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF
THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL
7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS
STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
R
SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
SEE PAGE
21
P4
21
P3
21
P5
21
T
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
U
16
RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3B
V
SEE PAGE
14
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
26
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1
26
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
X
SEE PAGE
24
GROUND POINT LOCATION
COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
6
CODE
P2
SEE PAGE
24
WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
P6
SEE PAGE
21
Q : Explains the system outline.
R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
S
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order
in parts starting with that letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW
T
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the
system circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.
U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
V
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female
wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1” connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is
described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
X
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINT:
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3) in this
manual include a short terminal which is
connected to a number of wire harnesses.
Always perform inspection with the short
terminal installed. (When installing the wire
harnesses, the harnesses can be connected
to any position within the short terminal
grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the
same position in the short terminal may be
connected to a wire harness from a different
part.)
Wire harness sharing the same short terminal
grouping have the same color.
7
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are
explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the
problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points (
,
, and
shown below) can also be
checked this way.
GROUND POINT
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
9
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a)
Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:
(b)
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal, and the
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a)
(b)
Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
(c)
10
Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a)
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,
the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting
before pulling apart.
11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking
device)
1.
PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown
on the left.
2.
DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3.
DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR
TERMINAL RETAINER.
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal
removed from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the
secondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
“Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
12
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is
according to connector body.
different
Example:
Terminal Retainer: Connector Body
Black or White : Gray
Black or White : Dark Gray
Gray or White
: Black
“Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled up
to the temporary lock position (Pull Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull
the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies
according to the connector’s shape
(Number of terminals etc.), so check the
position before inserting it.
“Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock insert the tool straight into the
access hole of terminal retainer as shown.
13
TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock
position.
(c)
4.
Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1.
Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2.
Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3.
Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b)
5.
14
Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer
in to the full lock position.
CONNECT CONNECTOR
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS
A/C
A/T
COMB.
ECU
EFI
EGR
EHPS
FL
ISC
J/B
LH
MFI
M/T
O/D
R/B
RH
SFI
SRS
SW
TEMP.
T–VIS
VSV
w/
w/o
*
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Anti–Lock Brake System
Air Conditioning
Automatic Transaxle
Combination
Electronic Control Unit
Electronic Fuel Injection
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Electro Hydraulic Power Steering
Fusible Link
Idle Speed Control
Junction Block
Left-Hand
Multiport Fuel Injection
Manual Transaxle
Overdrive
Relay Block
Right–Hand
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
Supplemental Restraint System
Switch
Temperature
Toyota–Variable Induction System
Vacuum Switching Valve
With
Without
The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and
are not treated as being abbreviations.
15
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light.
1. SINGLE
A headlight may have either a
FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2)
filament.
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it. Some
units automatically reset when cool,
others must be manually reset.
IGNITION COIL
Converts low–voltage DC current
into high–voltage ignition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
(for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link.)
16
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current flow
in one direction but blocks reverse
flow only up to a specific voltage.
Above that potential, it passes the
excess voltage. This acts as a
simple voltage regulator.
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up
and emit light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high–voltage current
from the ignition coil to the
individual spark plugs.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes
emit light without producing the
heat of a comparable light.
FUSE
A thin metal strip which burns
through when too much current
flows through it, thereby stopping
current flow and protecting a
circuit from damage.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to
move, thereby providing a relative
display against a background
calibration.
FUSIBLE LINK
A heavy–gauge wire placed in
high amperage circuits which
burns through on overloads,
thereby protecting the circuit.
The numbers indicate the cross–
section surface area of the wires.
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches
to the Body, thereby providing a
return path for an electrical circuit;
without a ground, current cannot
flow.
FUEL
M
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or
many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
displays, which provide a relative
or digital display.
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
RELAY
1. NORMALLY
CLOSED
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
Basically, an electrically
operated switch which may
be normally closed (1) or
open (2).
Current flow through a
small coil creates a
magnetic field which either
opens or closes an
attached switch.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device
which creates sound waves from
current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
Opens and
closes circuits,
thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
current flow.
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific
value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
passes current through one set
of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH,
IGNITION
A key operated switch with
several positions which allows
various circuits, particularly the
primary ignition circuit, to
become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or
RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its
resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to
the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a
signal for activation of other
components.
TRANSISTOR
A solidstate device typically used
as an electronic relay; stops or
passes current depending on the
voltage applied at “base.”
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a junction block.
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which
forms a magnetic field when
current flows, to move a plunger,
etc.
WIRES
Wires are always
(1) NOT
CONNECTED drawn as straight lines
on wiring diagrams.
Crossed wires (1)
without a black dot at
the junction are not
joined; crossed wires
(2) with a black dot or
octagonal ( ) mark at
the junction are spliced
(2) SPLICED
(joined) connections.
17
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Body]
[Engine Compartment]
18
[Instrument Panel]
1
: R/B No. 1
Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)
19
RELAY LOCATIONS
2
: R/B No. 2
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
5
: R/B No. 5
Front Luggage Compartment Right
20
(See Page 18)
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 3
Behind Combination Meter (See Page 19)
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
21
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–GTE]
A
A
A
1 A/C Magnetic Clutch
2 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
3 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
B
1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
C
C
C
C
1
2
3
4
D
D
E
E
E
E
E
E
22
E
E
7 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
(EFI Water Temp. Sensor)
8 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
9 Engine Oil Level Sensor (3S–GTE)
F
F
1 Fuel Pump Relay (3S–GTE)
2 Fuel Pump Resistor (3S–GTE)
G
G
1 Generator (Alternator)
2 Generator (Alternator)
1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)
2 Distributor
H
1 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Oxygen Sensor)
(3S–GTE)
1
2
3
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Cold Start Injector (3S–GTE)
Cooling Fan ECU (for Engine Compartment) (3S–GTE)
Cooling Fan Motor (for Engine Compartment) (3S–GTE)
Cruise Control Actuator
EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (5S–FE) or Short Pin (3S–GTE)
Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid (5S–FE A/T)
Engine Compartment Temp. Sensor
Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))
5 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))
6 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU (A/T), Engine ECU (M/T))
E
Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)
Ignition Coil
Igniter
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Intake Air Temp. Sensor (In Air Temp. Sensor)
(5S–FE)
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[5S–FE]
K
1 Knock Sensor
S
4 Starter Relay
M
M
1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
(Vacuum Sensor) (5S–FE)
2 SFI Resistor (EFI Resistor) (3S–GTE)
T
T
T
1 Theft Deterrent Horn
2 Throttle Position Sensor
3 Turbo Pressure Sensor (3S–GTE)
N
1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System)
V
O
O
O
1 Oil Pressure SW
2 Oxygen Sensor (Main) (5S–FE)
3 Oxygen Sensor (Sub) (5S–FE)
V
P
1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW),
Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator SW
(5S–FE A/T)
V
V
V
V
V
V
1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1 (for
Combination Meter)
2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2 (for
Electronically Controlled Transmission) (5S–FE A/T)
3 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) (3S–GTE)
4 VSV (for A/C Idle–Up System)
5 VSV (for EGR System)
6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up Control System) (5S–FE)
7 VSV (for T–VIS)
8 VSV (for Turbo Pressure Control System) (3S–GTE)
S
S
S
1 Start Injector Time SW (3S–GTE)
2 Starter
3 Starter
W
1
Water Temp. Sender
23
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A/C Amplifier
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay
A/C Thermistor
ABS ECU
ABS ECU
Air Inlet Servo Motor
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
Airbag Squib (for Passenger
Airbag Assembly)
15 Airbag Squib (for Steering
Wheel Pad)
16 Ashtray Illumination
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
2 Blower Motor
3 Blower Resistor
4 Buckle SW
6
7
8
9
10
24
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Cigarette Lighter
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
C
C
C
C
C
C
11
12
13
14
15
16
Clock
Clutch Start SW (M/T)
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter (A/T
Indicator Light)
Combination SW
Combination SW
Cruise Control Clutch SW
Cruise Control ECU
I
I
I
C
C
C
C
17
18
19
20
D
D
D
D
D
3
4
5
6
7
Diode (for A/C System)
Diode (for Electrical Idle–Up System)
Diode (for Power Window)
Diode (for Theft Deterrent System)
Door Lock ECU
F
F
F
3 Fog Light SW
4 Fuel Pump
5 Fuel Sender
H
2 Hazard SW
9 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
10 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW
11 Interior Light Control Relay
J
J
J
1 Junction Connector
2 Junction Connector
3 Junction Connector (for Earth)
K
2 Key Interlock Solenoid
O
4 O/D Main SW
P
P
2 Parking Brake SW
3 Power Main Relay
R
R
R
R
1
2
3
4
S
S
S
5 Seat Belt Warning Relay
6 Shift Lock ECU
7 Stop Light SW or Stop Light SW
and Cruise Control Stop SW
T
4 Turn Signal Flasher
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Rheostat
Position of Parts in Body
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
17 A/C Condenser Fan Motor
18 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C
Dual and Single Pressure SW)
(w/ A/C) or Short Pin (w/o A/C)
19 ABS Actuator
20 ABS Actuator
21 ABS Actuator
22 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
23 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
24 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor
5 Back–Up Light
6 Brake Fluid Level SW
D
D
D
D
D
D
8
9
10
11
12
13
D
D
D
D
14
15
16
17
D
18
D
19
D
20
Diode (for Interior System)
Door Courtesy Light LH
Door Courtesy Light RH
Door Courtesy SW LH
Door Courtesy SW RH
Door Key Cylinder Light and Out Side
Handle SW
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
Door Lock Control SW RH
Door Lock Motor, Door Open Detection
SW LH (w/o Theft Deterrent System)
Door Lock Motor, Door Open Detection
SW RH (w/o Theft Deterrent System)
Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock
Detection SW and Door Open
Detection SW LH (w/ Theft)
Deterrent System)
Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection
SW and Door Open Detection
SW RH (w/ Theft Deterrent System)
F
6
F
7
F
8
F
9
F 10
Fog Light LH
Fog Light RH
Front Airbag Sensor LH
Front Airbag Sensor RH
Front Luggage Compartment
Door Courtesy SW
Front Side Marker Light LH
Front Side Marker Light RH
Front Speaker LH
Front Speaker RH
Front Turn Signal and Parking Light LH
Front Turn Signal and Parking Light RH
Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH
Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
H
H
H
H
H
3
4
5
6
7
L
1 License Plate Light
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Headlight LH
Headlight RH
High Mounted Stop Light
Horn
Horn
Personal Light
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering Driver
Power Steering ECU
Power Steering Pump with Motor
Power Steering Pump with Motor
Power Steering Relay
Power Steering Relay
Power Window Master SW and Door
Lock Control SW LH
P 14 Power Window Motor LH
P 15 Power Window Motor RH
P 16 Power Window SW RH
R
R
R
R
5
6
7
8
R
9
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Radiator Fan Motor
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Luggage Compartment Door
Courtesy SW
Rear Luggage Compartment Key
Unlock SW
Rear Luggage Compartment Light
Rear Speaker LH
Rear Speaker RH
Rear Window Defogger (+)
Rear Window Defogger (–)
Rear Woofer Amplifier LH
Rear Woofer Amplifier RH
Rear Woofer Speaker LH
Rear Woofer Speaker RH
Remote Control Mirror LH
Remote Control Mirror RH
Remote Control Mirror SW
Retract Control Relay
Retract Motor LH
Retract Motor RH
S 8 Stereo Component Amplifier
S 9 Stereo Component Amplifier
S 10 Stereo Component Amplifier
T
5 Theft Deterrent ECU
W
W
W
2 Washer Motor
3 Water Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan)
4 Wiper Motor
25
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[3S–GTE]
: Location of Splice Points
26
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
EA1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
EA4
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
EB1
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EC1
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
27
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
[5S–FE]
: Location of Splice Points
28
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
EA1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
EA4
EB1
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
29
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
30
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR R/B NO. 1)
ID2
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE1
IE2
IE3
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IF1
IF2
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
IH1
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
31
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
32
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1
II2
II3
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
IJ1
IJ2
IK1
IK2
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
33
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
34
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
BL1
BM1
BM2
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
35
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,
Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
FL 1.0Y
Starter Relay
Starter
Starter
15A EFI
Ignition Main
Relay
40A AM2
7.5A ALT SENCING
Fan Main Relay
40A HTR
Battery
FL MAIN 2.0L
Generator
(Alternator)
120A ALT
80A ABS
7.5A AM2
7.5A ECU–B
50A AM1
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A HEAD (LH)
15A DOME
15A HEAD RH)
Retract Control
Relay
Headlight Relay
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related
system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily
on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
36
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page19
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 20
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 20
23)
(5S–FE)
(3S–GTE)
SFI Resistor
(EFI Resistor)
Injector No. 1
Noise Filter
Injector No. 2
Ignition Coil
Injector No. 3
Igniter
Injector No. 4
7.5A ECU–IG
20A VENT
30A CDS FAN
30A RAD FAN
Heater Relay
10A A/C
Blower Motor
ABS Actuator
Power Steering
Relay
15A FR FOG
ABS ECU
Blower Resistor
A/C Control
Assembly
Power Steering
Driver
Power Steering
Motor
15A TAIL
20A DOOR
15A STOP
30A POWER
20A DEFOG
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
Ignition SW
(AM1)
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
37
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RAD FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
A18
75
B5
B6 C1 C2
Cold Start Injector
A20 A24 B1
Auto Antenna Control
Relay and Motor
115 156
Cigarette Lighter
98 166 50
Cooling Fan ECU
(for Engine Compartment)
Cooling Fan Motor
(for Engine Compartment)
Center Airbag Sensor
Assembly
138 158 98
ABS Actuator
A/C Triple Pressure SW
(A/C Dual and Single
Pressure SW) (w/ A/C)
or Short Pin (w/o A/C)
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
Ashtray Illumination
Air Vent Mode Control
Servo Motor
Air Inlet Servo Motor
A8 A10 A12 A13 A16 A17
172
Brake Fluid Level SW
A7
90 172
Back–Up Light
A1 A4 A5
172
Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
CB or Fuse
ABS ECU
Location
Code or
Location
172 138
A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay
A/C Magnetic Clutch
Parts
A/C Amplifier
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
A/C Control Assembly
90
134
172
172
C3 C6 C9
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
38
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page19
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 20
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 20
23)
C10 C11 C12
C13
C14
84
C15
81
84
81 144 122 112 86 121
90
84
C16
C17
C18
96
150
Data Link Connector 1
(Check Connector)
54
Cruise Control ECU
144 122 109 96
Cruise Control Clutch SW
56
66
O/D Off Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
Power Steering Warning
Lights [Comb. Meter]
Seat Belt Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal Indicator
Light [Comb. Meter]
Charge Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Fog Light Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
High Beam Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
A/T Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
Steering Position Sensor
[Comb. SW]
Wiper and Washer SW
[Comb. SW]
Dimmer SW
[Comb. SW]
Horn SW
[Comb. SW]
Light Control SW
[Comb. SW]
Turn Signal SW
[Comb. SW]
75 150
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Warning
Light) [Comb. Meter]
Combination Meter
(Illumination)
Cooling Fan Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Cruise Control Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
Combination Meter
Open Door Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
SRS Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
ABS Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Clutch Start SW (M/T)
Clock
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
50
94
115 138 166 90
90 156 56
66 166
128
56
66
115
C19 C20 D1
39
Parts
40
CB or Fuse
D3
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RAD FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
[LOCATION]
(1)
D4 D5 D7
: R/B No. 1 (See page19
20)
(2)
D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D17 D18
D19
50
56
66
172
D20
: R/B No. 2 (See page 20
19)
(3)
E4
66
144
E4
56
66
E5
50
56
66
E6
Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
104
Engine Control Module
(Engine ECU)
Engine Control Module
(Engine ECU)
94
Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
Door Lock Motor, Door
Open Detection SW LH (*1)
Door Lock Motor, Door
Open Detection SW RH (*1)
Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock
Detection SW and Door Open
Detection SW LH
(w/ Theft Deterrent System)
Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock
Detection SW and Door Open
Detection SW RH
(w/ Theft Deterrent System)
Engine Control Module
(Engine ECU)
Door Key Cylinder Light
Door Courtesy SW RH
100
104
Door Courtesy SW LH
Door Courtesy Light RH
Door Courtesy Light LH
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
Door Lock ECU
172 134
Diode (for Power Window)
Diode (for Electrical
Idle–Up System)
Code or
Location
Diode (for A/C System)
Location
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*1: w/o Theft Deterrent System
66
144
E6
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
: R/B No. 5 (See page 20
23)
Fuel Pump Resistor
Fog Light SW
Fuel Pump
Fuel Sender
Fog Light LH
Fog Light RH
Front Side Marker Light LH
56
84
90
56
166
66
84
E9 F1
F2
F3
F4 F5
F6
F7
F11 F12
86
96
F15
F16
Parking Light RH
Front Turn Signal Light RH
56
G1
H1
81
84
94
Ignition Key Cylinder Light
Ignition SW (AM2)
Interior Light Control Relay
Key Interlock Solenoid
46 50
54 56
66 75
115 128
172
H7
I1
I9
I10
I11
K2 L1
License Plate Light
Idle Air Control Valve
(ISC Valve)
H2 H3 H4 H5 H6
Horn RH
Horn LH
99 121 121 56
66
High Mounted Stop Light
Headlight RH
90
96
Headlight LH
Hazard SW
54
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Oxygen Sensor)
96
Generator (Alternator)
86
Front Turn Signal Light LH
86
Parking Light LH
Front Side Marker Light RH
Fuel Pump Relay
Engine Oil Level Sensor
166
94 136 86
41
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RAD FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
R5
99
86
96
99
86
Rear Turn Signal Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Stop Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Tail and Rear Side Marker
Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH]
Rear Turn Signal Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Stop Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Tail and Rear Side Marker
Light LH [Rear Comb. Light RH]
Radiator Fan Motor
P8 P13 P14 P15 P16 R2 R4
Radio and Player
Rheostat
Power Window SW RH
Power Window Motor RH
Power Window Motor LH
P4 P7
Power Steering ECU
P3
Power Window Master SW and
Door Lock Control SW LH
P2
Power Steering Driver
P1
96
R6
R7
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
42
O1 O4
Personal Light
CB or Fuse
90
90 172
164
100
122
Power Main Relay
Location
Code or
Location
O/D Main SW
Oil Pressure SW
Parts
94
Parking Brake SW
90 50 66
166 100
144 98 128
144
Park/Neutral Position SW
(Neutral Start SW),
Back–Up Light SW and
A/T Indicator SW (A/T)
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
166
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page19
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 20
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 20
23)
R8 R10 R13 R15 R16 R19 R20 R21
R22
Stop Light SW
Stereo Component Amplifier
Theft Deterrent Horn
Turn Signal Flasher
Theft Deterrent ECU
Vehicle Speed Sensor
(Speed Sensor) No. 1
(for Combination Meter)
S4 S5 S6
S7
S9
T1
T4
T5
V1
66 56
172 66
V4 V5
66
V6 V7
Water Temp. Sender
166
VSV (for Turbo Pressure
Control System)
128
VSV (for T–VIS)
90
128 96
160
VSV (for Fuel Pressure
Up Control System)
56
99
136
138
144
150
VSV (for EGR System)
50
50
109 136
128
VSV (for A/C Idle–Up System)
Seat Belt Warning Relay
Shift Lock ECU
R23 R24 S1
Starter Relay
81
Start Injector Time SW
Retract Motor RH
Retract Motor LH
126
Retract Control Relay
Remote Control Mirror SW
160
Remote Control Mirror RH
Remote Control Mirror LH
Rear Woofer Amplifier RH
94 134
Rear Woofer Amplifier LH
Rear Window Defogger
Rear Luggage Compartment
Door Courtesy SW
Rear Luggage Compartment
Light
94
78 81
84 86
90 128
56
166
V8
W1
43
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
CB or Fuse
15A
TAIL
15A
RAD & CIG
7.5A
GAUGE
7.5A
TURN
20A
WIPER
20A
DEFOG
15A
STOP
20A
DOOR
30A
POWER
15A
EFI
20A
VENT
7.5A
ECU–IG
7.5A
ALT SENCING
30A
CDS FAN
30A
RAD FAN
15A
FR FOG
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
10A
A/C
7.5A
ECU–B
7.5A
AM2
15A
HAZ–HORN
30A
RTR
15A
DOME
Horn Relay
Heater Relay
Fan Relay No. 3
Fan Relay No. 2
Fan Relay No. 1
Fog Light Relay
78
121
172
84
128
172
Fan Main Relay
Ignition Main Relay
56 46
66 56
144 66
EFI Main Relay
75
Cooling Fan Relay
(for Engine Compartment)
Circuit Opening Relay
Taillight Relay
Location
Washer Motor
Code or
Location
Defogger Relay
Parts
Wiper Motor
78 86 56
112 172 112 134 90 128
66
156
Water Temp. Sensor
(for Radiator Fan)
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
W2 W3 S4
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
44
(1)
: R/B No. 1 (See page19
20)
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 20
19)
(3)
: R/B No. 5 (See page 20
23)
POWER SOURCE
7. 5A ALT
SENCING
2
1
W
5
5
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
3
W
5
2
2
W–R
5
1
5
15A HEAD (RH)
3
R–B
5
5
1
R
5
R–G
15A HEAD (LH)
W
2
W
B5
15A FR FOG
1
R–B
5
W
5
W
2
W
7. 5A ECU–B
1
W–R
5
5
7. 5A AM2
3
B–R
W
B
5
TO
ABS ACTUATOR
5
3
5
HEATER
RELAY
W
W
W
P–G
5
2
2
15A HAZ–HORN
4
5
5
5
15A DOME
5
FL MAIN
2. 0L
W–B
L
R–L
B
R
4
5
2
10A A/C
1
5
L–R
3
5
5
W
TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)
W–B
W
B–R
4
R–G
5
2
7
5
5
5
L
9
3
40A HTR
6
80A ABS
40A AM2
5
50A AM1
8
120A ALT
10
W
B–W
W
5
G–R
5
30A RTR
1
5
1
5
5
2
BATTERY
W
B–O
5
5
5
4
3
1
5
5
W
5
2
30A CDS FAN
W–B
1
3
5
5
W–R
L–R
30A RAD FAN
FAN MAIN
RELAY
B–R
46
1
II1
B–R
1
IE2
B–R
1
15A STOP
R–W
2
1
1
20A DEFOG
4
1
1
L–R
W
W
W
15A TAIL
3
30A POWER
W
22
W
II2
2
L
1
I27 : M/T
I28 : A/T
1
20A DOOR
3
W–L
1
W
1
B–R
13
AM1
ACC
AM2
9
I10
IGNITION SW
IG1
4
ST1
10
IG2
ST2
B–R
II3
2
3
L–R
1
15A RAD & CIG
2
7. 5A GAUGE
4
GR
1
B–Y
B–O
1
B–Y
IE4
1
7. 5A TURN
2
1
3
1
R–L
R–Y
1
20A WIPER
4
L
1
IGNITION
MAIN RELAY
B–O
3
1
2
B–R
7. 5A ECU–IG
W–B
5
2
4
2
B–Y
3
2
B–R
2
2
1
2
B–R
2
20A VENT
2
2
B–R
W–B
2
B–R
B22
2
2
15A EFI
B–R
W–R
1
2
47
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
(5) 2– (5) 3:
CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
IGNITION MAIN RELAY
(2) 5– (2) 4:
CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
FAN MAIN RELAY
(5) 5– (5) 4:
CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
I10
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE2
IE4
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE ((RIGHT KICK PANEL))
II1
II2
II3
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I27
I28
48
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B5
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B22
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
STARTING AND IGNITION
1
B–R
10 AM2
B–O
IG2 9
R
R
(A/T)
2
P
N
1
R
II3
3
(* 5)
R–W
B
R
C12
CLUTCH
START SW
(A/T)
13
B–R
B–R
II1
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
(* 4)
2
5
R
(M/T)
B
B
E18
8 EA3
3
(A/T)
R
I10
IGNITION SW
(M/T)
B–R
B–R
B–O
(A/T)
ST2 6
1
B–R
IE2
(A/T)
R–W
R–W
E19
(* 4)
R
B
(A/T)
R
(* 5)
R
(* 4)
R–W
R–W
(A/T)
(A/T)
E4
(M/T)
W
B–R
E12
(* 5)
B22
(A/T)
5
R–W
R–W
2
E12
(M/T)
IE4
(A/T)
9
R–W
R
7. 5A
AM2
2
1
8
3
W–B
B–W
4
C1
COLD START
INJECTOR
S4
STARTER
RELAY
40A AM2
9
R
5
(* 5)
W
5
2
R
(* 5)
G
(* 5)
1
7 EA1
10
G
(* 9)
E14
G
(* 5)
B
(* 4)
R–B
R–W
2 IE3 (A/T)
4 BM1 (M/T)
IK1
R
14
(* 5)
W
W
R–B
TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU
W–B
5
IC
C ,E6
S1
START
INJECTOR
TIME SW
BG
BI
B
11 A (* 5)
11 C (* 6)
2 E (* 4)
STA
(A/T)
B , E 6 D , E6
E
G
(* 1)
W–B
(* 5)
1
STA
A , E4
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
B
STARTER
50
STJ
B23
A
A , S3
2
(* 8)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
M
3D
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR B
W–B
B
E4
1 B
J/B
NO. 3
10
W–B
BATTERY
1 A
5 EA1
W–B
8 3B
W–B
B–W
(* 7)
B–R
S2
W–B
W–B
(* 8)
FL 1. 0Y
FL MAIN
2. 0L
(* 3)
∗1 : 5S–FE M/T W/O ABS, AUTO ANTENNA, THEFT DETERRENT AND POWER WINDOW
∗2 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
∗3 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
∗4
∗5
∗6
∗7
:
:
:
:
5S–FE M/T
3S–GTE
5S–FE A/T
EXCEPT ∗2, EXCEPT ∗3
∗8 : ∗2, EXCEPT ∗3
∗9 : EXCEPT ∗1
B–R
I15 : M/T
I26 : A/T
4
IE4
B–O
B–O
2
B–O
II2
B–O
B–R
B–O
B–O
2
TO FAN MAIN
RELAY NO. 1
3
2
5
2
IGNITION
MAIN RELAY
1
2
I2
IGNITION
COIL
2
2
W–B
IG–
W–B
2
B–R
B–R
W–B
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
4
18
2
TO SFI RESISTOR
(EFI RESISTOR)
(3S–GTE)
TO INJECTORS
(5S–FE)
1
B–W
2
R–W
B–R
4
EB1
B–R
B–R
(A/T)
B–W
1
B–R
B–R
TO TACHOMETER
[COMB. METER]
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
EB1
5
B–R
B–R
B–R
B
B–W
EB1
5 EA3
B
DISTRIBUTOR
(* 5)
22 C
NSW
IGT
IGF
NE
NE+
G1(* 5)
G+(5S–FE)
G–
5 D
17 E
NE–
2
E 7 : *5
E17 : 5S–FE
W
(* 5)
G
(5S–FE)
B
(5S–FE)
R
R
17 D
18 E
G
17 B
18 D
5 E
(* 5)
18 B
4 D
4 E
W
4 B
3 D
3 E
B
3 B
20 D
22 E
(* 5)
20 B
3 A (* 5)
(5S–FE)
2 B
(* 5)
(5S–FE)
(5S–FE)
4 A
3 B
W–R
(SHIELDED)
2 A
4 B
W
R–W
7 B
STJ
1 A
1 B
1
(A/T)
G
(* 5)
2
1
5 B (* 5)
(* 6)
(* 4)
G2
W–B
G
A
W–B
D2
I3
IGNITER
N1
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION)
4
3
BR
B
5
B ,E6
D
,E6 E
W–B
A , E4 C , E6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
EA
BG
W–B
B23
E4
BI
51
STARTING AND IGNITION
SERVICE HINTS
IGNITION MAIN RELAY
(2) 5– (2) 4 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
I10 IGNITION SW
10–9: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
10–6: CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
S 4 STARTER RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)
2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE CLUTCH START SW ON POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
2–3 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C12 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
C 1 COLD START INJECTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND THE STARTER CRANKING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C1
22
C12
24
D1
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
D2
E4
CODE
E6
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B
22
J3
24
D
23
N1
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
E
23
P1
23
S1
A
22
I2
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
B
23
I3
22 (2S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
S2
A
22
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
A
22
I10
24
S3
B
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
C
23
J1
24
S4
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B
3D
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
26 (3S–GTE)
EB1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
IE2
IE3
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
32
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE4
II1
II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
SEE PAGE
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
52
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
26 (3S–GTE)
E4
28 (5S–FE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E19
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
ENGINE WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I15
26 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
E14
E17
SEE PAGE
E18
E7
E12
CODE
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE
I26
B22
B23
53
CHARGING
W
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
7. 5A
ALT
SENCING
7. 5A
ECU–IG
3
3
4
1
IG1
7 EB1
5
IE1
W
IE1
W
Y
1
II3
W
4 EA3
5
10
17 EA3
1 EA4
6
B–O
1 B
L
BATTERY
2 B
IG
W–R
B–Y
Y
I 6 : M/T
I26 : A/T
B–O
FL MAIN
2. 0L
G1
3 B
1 A
S
B
TO
IGNITION MAIN
RELAY
IC REGULATOR
54
W
W
W
B–O
5
W–R
C15
CHARGE
WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
9
10
B–Y
7
IG2
ST2
120A ALT
I10
IGNITION
SW
AM2
Y
3
W
Y
II3
B–R
W
W
13
5
B–Y
2
B–R
5
1
W
7. 5A
AM2
2
W
2
B , G 2 A
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
SERVICE HINTS
G 1(B) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)
(B) 3–GROUND:
(B) 1–GROUND:
13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)
0–4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C15
G1
24
B
CODE
G2
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
SEE PAGE
A
I10
CODE
SEE PAGE
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA4
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
28 (5S–FE)
26 (3S–GTE)
EB1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO
NO. 2)
IE1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1
30
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I6
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
C15 GRAY
CODE
SEE PAGE
I26
G1
B
1
2
BLACK
G2
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
A
I10
BLACK
1
6 7
3
X
X
9
10
55
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE AN OUTLINE
OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND
HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER
TEMP.). THUS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (WATER TEMP.). IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE
AIR TEMP. WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(3) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE HEATED OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL
OX OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR), A HEATER IS USED FOR WARNING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (HT).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION
IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND RPM IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL
TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 INSTALLED IN TRANSMISSION AND
THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL AC OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(8) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO
TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(9) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)
AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(10) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(12) ENGINE KNOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(13) ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH
ELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
56
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) (EFI) SYSTEM
THE SFI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12))
INPUTS TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO
TERMINALS #1, #2, #3 AND #4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT
FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). FINELY CONTROLS FUEL
INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11)) INPUT TO THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE
IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
COMPUTER OPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP CONTROL RELAY AND THUS CONTROLS
THE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP.
OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS LOW). AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE
SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 6, 8, 9, 11)),
CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) VALVE SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR
FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS 1, 4 TO 8, 11, 13)), OUTPUTS
CURRENT TO TERMINAL RSC AND RSO AND CONTROLS THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
WITH THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 10)) FROM
EACH SENSOR, CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR AND OPERATION OF THE EGR VALVE IS CONTROLLED.
* INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
IN THE INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM, EACH CYLINDER IN THE INTAKE MANIFOLD IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS, WITH AN INTAKE
AIR CONTROL VALVE INSTALLED IN THE PASSAGE ON ONE SIDE. THE OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE PROVIDES THE
MOST APPROPRIATE INTAKE AIR FLOW AND, AS WELL AS PREVENTING PERFORMANCE LOSS AT LOW SPEEDS, ALSO IMPROVES
FUEL ECONOMY. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4,
5)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL TVIS CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR T–VIS) AND, CARRIES OUT OPENING AND CLOSING OF
THE VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM,
THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY
READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
57
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
I10
IGNITION SW
ST2 6
C12
CLUTCH START
SW
1
2
R
9
IE4
R
R
IG2
9
R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM
(SEE PAGE 46)
10 AM2
R
E4
B–O
2
B–R
B–O
15A
EFI
W–R
W–R
1
1
4
B–R
2
W–B
7. 5A
AM2
1
B–R
2
EFI MAIN
RELAY
3
2
2
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
4
2
2
6
4
2
W–B
W–B
1
2
2
B–Y
G–R
IE2
2
3
B–Y
1
2
2
IGNITION
MAIN
RELAY
W–B
5
2
L–B
3
2
3
2
R
W–R
B–O
2
W–B
B–R
B–R
2
5
B–Y
B–Y
2
L–B
B–O
II3
B–R
13
IE4
W–B
4
2
2
5
1
II1
2 EB1
5
8
B–Y
4 EB1
B–R
5
B–R
W
B–R
2
9
M2
SFI RESISTOR
(EFI RESISTOR)
4
1
L
B
Y
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
I7
INJECTOR NO. 4
6
I6
INJECTOR NO. 3
B–W
FL MAIN
2. 0L
3
I5
INJECTOR NO. 2
W–L
W
5
I4
INJECTOR NO. 1
R–W
10
R
40A AM2
2
G–R
B–Y
B–Y
G–Y
1
B–W
W–L
W–B
R–W
BATTERY
BG
58
W–B
W–B
B23
BI
* 2 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL
* 3 : W/O CRUISE CONTROL
* 1 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER
WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
15A
STOP
R
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
2
S7 A B
STOP
LIGHT SW
9 3A
L–B
J/B
NO. 3
1 A (* 2)
1 B (* 3)
9 3D
G–W
5
4 A
FPR
L–B
11 A
4 A
(* 1)
G–W
G–W
E2
5 A
E4
A , E5 C
, E6 B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE ECU)
B–Y
E13
B–Y
FROM
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
1
TO
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
2
2
E11
B–W
AC
B–W
R
3
10 A
I1
IDLE AIR CONTROL
VALVE (ISC VALVE)
G
1
B–Y
12
IH1
B–W
B–Y
E11
B–W
W–L
B–W
16
IE1
16
EA3
B–W
E5
B–W
G–W
A
L–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
RSO
10 B
G–Y
B–W
RSC
9 B
B–Y
G–R
1 B
B–Y
2
V7
VSV (FOR T–VIS)
1
W–B
B–Y
TVIS
TPC
2 B
G–B
R–W
#1
W–L
15 EA1
G–W
W–B
#2
12 B
M
2
#3
11 B
B–W
#4
FC
25 B
V8
VSV
(FOR TURBO PRESSURE
CONTROL SYSTEM)
B–Y
L–O
L–B
1
24 B
G–Y
L–B
12 EA1
14 A
G–R
G–W
L–B
L–B
2 BM1
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IE1
G–W
E3
I26
15
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G–W
R
1 A
BATT
12 A
+B
6 A
2
STP
F2
FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR
IE1
STA
B–Y
W–R
4
F4
FUEL
PUMP
(* 1)
A
L–R
1
L–B
A
W
L–B
1
G–W
3
G–W
2
L–W
J/B
NO. 3
R–L
8 B
R–L
F1
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
C14
B–Y
2 3C
A , C1 5 B
R–L
2 A (* 2)
2 B (* 3)
W–R
R–L
W–R
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP (CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT)
[COMB. METER]
1
R–W
1
(EXCEPT * 1)
R
1
IC
ID
59
G–W
L–B
60
B–Y
E13
4
+B
W
OX1 TE2
7
FP
E1
E6
B
9
6
VF1
3
TE1
1
3
18
IG–
B
W–R
20 B
5
IGF
VTA
12 C
B–R
15 C
IGT
IDL
4 C
W
8 C
TE1
VF
W
P
IE3
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
14 C
B
R
3
4
W
R–L
P
R–Y
P
BR
FROM CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
E7
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
BR
TO ABS ECU
2
P
G–Y
IE4
11 C
B–W
B
(SHIELDED)
R–W
6 C
12
B–R
2
B–W
4
8
BR
2
TE2
15 A
L–B
2 A
P–L
12
G–W
G–Y
IE1
THW
ABS
2
(SHIELDED)
2 3A
B–Y
1
OX
HT
TO DEFOGGER
RELAY
R–Y
1
E4
2
1
5 EB1
B–Y
E11
TO
TACHOMETER
[COMB. METER]
1
8 B
B
6 B
B
B
1
BR
B
R–Y
FROM
IGNITION
MAIN
RELAY
FROM
IGNITION
COIL
2
R–W
ELS
3
B–Y
EGR
G
J/B
NO. 3
H1
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(OXYGEN SENSOR)
B–R
8
V5
VSV
(FOR EGR SYSTEM)
B–Y
D4
DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
FROM
DEFOGGER SW
(A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY)
FROM
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
BR
BR
1
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
2
18 EA3
P
E10
R–L
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE ECU)
A , E5
C , E6 B
3 B
B
4
I3
IGNITER
5 EA3
3
13
IE1
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
BR
BR
5
BR
1
L–B
T3
TURBO
PRESSURE
SENSOR
V3
VOLUME AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
E1
SHORT PIN
1
2
2
IE3
L–B
L–B
4
B–Y
G
3 C
9 C
10 C
7 B
SPD
PSCT
PS
V–W
B
L–Y
14
V–W
2
II4
13
II4
9
14
5
I10
10 A
A
C14
6 A
COMBINATION
METER
II4
V–W
P8
POWER STEERING
ECU
BR
IE1
V–W
K1
KNOCK
SENSOR
(SHIELDED)
E6
E7
BR
(SHIELDED)
IE3
BR
(SHIELDED)
5
BR
BR
BR
BR
E11
IE3
1
1
BR
STJ
THG
E2
4
V–W
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
4
9 A
L–Y
3
7 A
L–Y
2
8 A
B
R
1
13 C
B
17 B
KNK
G–
5 B
B
G2
18 B
W
VS
G1
BR
4 B
G
BR
NE
EO2
26 B
B
EO1
13 B
(SHIELDED)
E1
14 B
(SHIELDED)
L–B
2 C
, E6 B
PIM
R–L
A , E5 C
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE ECU)
BR
VC
5 C
E4
BR
R–L
E6
1 C
L–B
B
E6
7
R–L
11 EA1
6
THA
R–L
3
Y–R
3
FROM
COLD START INJECTOR
BR
TO TURBO
PRESSURE METER
[COMB. METER]
BR
BR
E15
BR
BR
R–L
E16
BR
E16
EA
ID
61
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
SERVICE HINTS
EFI MAIN RELAY
(2) 2– (2) 4:
CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
M 2 SFI RESISTOR (EFI RESISTOR)
2–1, 3, 4, 6:
4–6 I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7 INJECTOR
1–2:
APPROX. 2–4 F 2 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
1–2:
APPROX. 73 V 3 VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)
5–6:
5–4:
5–7:
200–600 200–400 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
E 7 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1–2:
10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)
2–7 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
3–1:
2–1:
3–1:
4–1:
0.2–0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)
LESS THAN 2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.0197 IN.)
WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN.)
2.0–10.2 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
2.5–5.9 K
E 4, E 5, E 6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)
VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) CONNECTORS
BATT
+B
IDL
VTA
–E1
–E1
–E2
–E2
:
:
:
:
9–14 VOLTS
9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
VC
–E2
: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
VS
–E2
: 4.0–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
THA –E2
: 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, (68°F))
THW –E2
: 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, (176°F))
STA –E1
: 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)
#1, #2, #3, #4 – E01, E02 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
IGT
–E1
: PULSE GENERATION
TVIS –E1
: 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
2.0 VOLTS OR LESS IDLING
9–14 VOLTS WITH 4200 RPM OR MORE
TE1
–E1
: 9.14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NO CONNECT
0.5 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECT
AC
–E1
: 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C SWITCH ON
RSC, RSO –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
PIM
E–2
: 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
W
–E1
: 9–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)
RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) CONNECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU))
IDL
–E1
VTA
–E2
VS
–E2
THA –E2
THW –E2
G1,G2 –G–
NE
–G–
RSO, RSC +B
62
: INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
LESS THAN 2300 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
: 3300–10000 (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
200–800 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
: 200–600 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
20–1200 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
: 2000–3000 (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
: 200–400 (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
: 140–180 : 180–220 : 17.7–23.9 : PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C12
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F2
22
K1
22
22
C14
A
24
F4
22
M2
C15
B
24
H1
22
P8
D1
22
I1
22
D2
22
I3
22
D4
24
I4
22
T2
22
E1
22
I5
22
T3
22
S7
25
A
24
B
24
E4
A
22
I6
22
V3
22
E5
C
22
I7
22
V5
22
E6
B
22
I10
24
V7
22
E7
22
J1
24
V8
22
F1
22
J3
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
30
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE1
IE2
IE3
IE4
IH1
II1
II3
II4
BM1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
26 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E2
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E15
26 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
ENGINE WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E16
E6
E10
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E13
26 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
E5
E7
SEE PAGE
E11
E3
E4
CODE
I10
26 (3S–GTE)
(
)
ENGINE WIRE
I26
B23
63
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
64
65
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,
TRANSMISSION, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND
HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER
TEMP.). THUS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (WATER TEMP.). IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL
THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 AND
OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND
RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+.
(5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL
IDL.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT,
AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL ACT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND OPERATION A/C IDLE–UP VSV IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN
THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL ACA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO
TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) AND IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIM OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
(12) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHT, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH ELECTRICAL
BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
66
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* MFI (MULTIPART FUEL INJECTION) (EFI) SYSTEM
THE MFI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO
(12)) INPUTS TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO
TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL).
IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), FINELY CONTROLS FUEL
INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
DURING ENGINE CRANKING (SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL STA) OR FOR APPROX. 2 SECONDS AFTER NE SIGNAL INPUT, ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION ENERGIZES (POINT CLOSED) THE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT INSIDE THE CIRCUIT OPENING
RELAY, CAUSING THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 10, 11)) INPUT TO THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE
IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR
FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8, 11, 12)), OUTPUTS
CURRENT TO TERMINAL ISCC AND ISCO, AND CONTROLS THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR AS INPUT
TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 6, 10)) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU).
* A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONING
OPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE IN
ORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS (4, 5, 6), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM,
THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY
READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, AND IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE
ENGINE.
67
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
R
(M/T)
R–W (A/T)
(M/T)
9
R
R
IE4
(M/T)
(M/T)
R–W
R
B22
(A/T)
(A/T)
8
R
(M/T)
B–O
R
2
(A/T)
3
R–W
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
(A/T)
FROM POWER SOURCE
SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
IG2 9
EA3
5 EA1
2
B–R
B
10 AM2
E4
B
2
(A/T)
1
(A/T)
R
R–W
N
ST2 6
(M/T)
R–W
C12
CLUTCH START
SW (M/T)
P
I10
IGNITION SW
R–W
4
W–R
II3
B–Y
2
5
5
1
3
2
2
IE2
2
1
IGNITION
MAIN RELAY
2
2
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
3
2
2
B–R
1
2
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
2
B–Y
II1
3
4
W–B
5
3
W–B
W–B
2
2
2
2
1
B–Y
7. 5A
AM2
1
B–R
B–R
4
B
W–R
B–Y
2
W–R
B–R
2
R
1
B–O
(M/T)
B–O
B–R
(A/T)
13
B (A/T)
B23
15A
EFI
IE4
4
2
6
2
2
5 EB1
W–B
W–B
G–R
2
L–B
2 EB1
L–B
W
B–R
2
B–R
G–R
5
B–Y
5
B–R
8
9
(A/T) 15 BM2
(M/T) 2 BM1
L–B
W–B
4 EB1
L–B
40A AM2
B–R
B–R
B–R
2
M
F4
FUEL
PUMP
2
B–Y
1
FL MAIN
2. 0L
W–B
1
1
I7
INJECTOR NO. 4
W
B–R
2
W
1
I5
INJECTOR NO. 2
2
W
1
I6
INJECTOR NO. 3
2
W
W
5
I4
INJECTOR NO. 1
10
B–R
B–R
E21
W
W
E18
E22
W
W
W–B
B–R
A
IC
68
I26 : M/T
I27 : A/T
B23
ID
BG
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
BATTERY
W–B
W–B
BI
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
R–W
(A/T)
R–W
(M/T)
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
R–L
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT)
[COMB. METER]
8
E4 A , E 4 B , 5 E F , E 5 C , E6 D ,E 6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
IE1
E
(A/T)
2 A
8 B
(M/T)
12 B
ELS
5 A
VF
# 10
# 20
FPU
EGR
STA
ISCC
ISCO
FC
22 A
B
G–W
IE1
G–W
2 E
A , C15
W
11 A
2 B
+B
15
G–W
E2
NSW
W–R
1 A
7 B
BATT
B–Y
12 A
ISCV
8 B
G–W
EA1
3
2
C14
TE1
G–W
2 3C
G
4 A
TE2
15
FROM
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
(EXCEPT * 1)
R–W (A/T)
B
B–Y
R–W (M/T)
(A/T)
W–R
R–Y 1
(* 1)
9 3D
J/B
NO. 3
(A/T)
B
2
3A
B
R–L
(* 1)
9 3A
J/B
NO. 3
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L A
A R–L
1
D4
DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
B
2
R–Y
FROM
DEFOGGER SW
[A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY]
7 D
14 A
10 D
9 D
23 D
8 D
11 D
12 D
(A/T)
14 F
15 F
8 F
1 E
4 B
10 E
9 E
23 E
14 E
25 E
12 E
(M/T)
7 C
15 C
8 C
B
R–W
B
P–L
W
W
G–B
L–O
G
R
G–R
G
(SHIELDED)
G–R
B
8
E20
B–Y
E26
G–B
FP
7
6
9
TE2
TE1
VF1
+B
2
8
W
E1
11
OX2
4
OX1
IG–
2
3
18
B–W
B–Y
1
BR
V6
VSV
(FOR FUEL
PRESSURE UP
CONTROL SYSTEM)
2
1
G–W
B–Y
1
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
B–Y
L–B
2
L–O
G
3
B–Y
R
1
V5
VSV
(FOR EGR SYSTEM)
2
I1
IDLE AIR CONTROL
VALVE (ISC VALVE)
V4
VSV
(FOR A/C IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
B–Y
1
B–Y
(SHIELDED)
EB1
B–W
FROM IGNITION
COIL
L–B
B–Y
W
B–W
W
B–R
B–R
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
69
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
VTA
IDL
E2
4
3
2
1
BR
BR
BR
E25
BR
E25
BR
1
P
E20
2
9 F
10 F
2 F
1 F
11 F
9 C
13 C
2 C
11 C
10 C
P
W
LG–R
R–L
FROM
CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
B–Y
20 D
5 D
4 D
18 D
17 D
16 A
15 A
9 A (A/T)
3 E
22 E
17 E
4 E
5 E
18 E
7 E
21 E
11 B (M/T)
(A/T)
(M/T)
V–W
(M/T)
L–Y
L–Y
(M/T)
IE3
5
B
IE1
IE3
I10
V–W
3
14
V–W
4
L–Y
4
2 EA1
L–Y
B
1
3 EA1
B
B
B
2
(SHIELDED)
R
IE1
W
B
13
B
W
W–R
B
(SHIELDED)
B
(SHIELDED)
E18
G
B
(A/T)
B
TO
TACHOMETER
[COMB. METER]
E18
(M/T)
G–
NE–
IGT
B
B
V–W
3 D
6 C
PS
6 F
1 C
G+
IGF
5 F
NE+
OX1
SPD
PSCT
VTA
IDL
12 F (A/T)
12 C (M/T)
OX2
THG
E2
VC
,E 6 E
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
PIM
F , E5 C , E 6 D
E22
BR
E1
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
A , E 4 B , E 5
BR
E23
BR
E 4
BR
BR
VC
P
BR
3
R–L
2
LG–R
1
W
T2
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
R–L
M1
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE SENSOR
(VACUUM SENSOR)
5 EA3
3
V–W
II4
9
14
5
SPD
13
L–Y
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
II4
10 A
C14 A
COMBINATION
METER
6 A
W–B
5
4
2
EFI
I3
IGNITER
II4
IDUP
2
B
1
P8
POWER STEERING ECU
1
B
O2
OXYGEN SENSOR
(MAIN)
2
BR
O3
OXYGEN SENSOR
(SUB)
1
1
(SHIELDED)
B–W
(SHIELDED)
B–R
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
ID
70
A4
A/C AMPLIFIER
R–W
20
IH1
(A/T)
1
B–R
R–W 1
2
2
10
B–Y
A9
A/C THERMISTOR
P–G
I8
INTAKE AIR
TEMP. SENSOR
(IN AIR TEMP.
SENSOR)
8 BM1 (M/T)
2 BM2 (A/T)
17
2
6 EA1
15
E4
A , E4 B , E5
F , E5 C ,E6
D , E6 E
21 A (A/T)
6 B (M/T)
ACT
8 A
3 B
IE3
P–G
THA
B–W
THW
8
ACA
R–W
3 A
14 C
(M/T)
3 F
3 C
THE
Y
4 F
4 C
(A/T)
R–W
2
(M/T) 6 BM1
(A/T)16 BM2
IH1
P–G
R–W
15 EA3
IH1
B–W
Y
1
1
IH1
R
E7
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR)
BR
BR
ACT
(M/T)
BR
BR
7
10
BM1 BM2
BR
E4
AC1
BR
(M/T)
14
EA3
EO2
BR
BR
EO1
BR
(SHIELDED)
26 D (A/T)
26 E (M/T)
BR
13 D
13 E
BR
E1
14 D
24 E
KNK
13 F
5 C
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
BR
E18
E17
BR
E22
BR
K1
KNOCK
SENSOR
BR
1
(SHIELDED)
E17
BR
(SHIELDED)
E24
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
BR
(SHIELDED)
BR
E18
BR
(SHIELDED)
EA
71
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
E 4, E 5, E 6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU (M/T) OR ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T))
VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTOR
BATT
+B
IDL
VC
VTA
–E1
–E1
–E2
–E2
–E2
:
:
:
:
:
ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS
9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
PIM
–E2
: 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
#10, #20 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)
THA –E2
: 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
THW –E2
: 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
STA –E1
6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)
IGT
–E1
PULSE GENERATION
W
–E1
9.0–14.0 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)
ACT –E1
: 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)
ACA –E1
2.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)
TE1
–E1
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
: 1.0 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECTED)
NSW –E1
: 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N RANGE)
: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EXCEPT PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N RANGE
RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) CONNECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL
–E2
: INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
2.3 K OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2
: 3.3–10.0 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0.2–0.8 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VC
–E2
: 3.0–7.0 K
THA –E2
: 2.0–3.0 K (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
THW –E2
: 0.2–0.4 K (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
G+, NE+– G–
: 0.17–0.21 K
ISCC,ISCO–+B : 19.3–22.3 : PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A4
24
A9
24
C12
24
E7
E6
SEE PAGE
D
23
E
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
24
23
K1
23
23
M1
23
C14
A
24
F4
24
O2
23
C15
B
24
I1
23
O3
23
D1
23
I3
23
P1
23
D2
23
I4
23
P8
25
D4
24
I5
23
T2
23
E1
23
I6
23
V4
23
A
23
I7
23
V5
23
B
23
I8
23
V6
23
C
23
I10
24
F
23
J1
24
E4
E5
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
3D
72
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EA3
EB1
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
28 (5S–FE)
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
II1
30
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IE1
IE2
IE3
IE4
II4
BM1
BM2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
IC
ID
BG
BI
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
30
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
RIGHT KICK PANEL
34
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E2
E4
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
E24
E25
E17
E26
E18
I10
E20
E21
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
ENGINE WIRE
I26
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
ENGINE WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I27
E22
B22
E23
B23
73
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
74
ENGINE COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN (3S–GTE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO VENT FUSE, GAUGE FUSE AND ECU–IG FUSE.
COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. IS HIGH, THE TEMP. IS DETECTED BY THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT TEMP. SENSOR, AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO COOLING FAN ECU.
AS A RESULT, THE COOLING FAN RELAY IS TURNED OFF, AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM VENT FUSE TO COOLING FAN RELAY (POINT
SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE COOLING FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE COOLING FAN ECU → TO GROUND,
CAUSING THE COOLING FAN MOTOR TO OPERATE.
IF THE COOLING FAN MOTOR IS BROKEN OR THE COOLING FAN CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE COOLING FAN ECU ACTIVATES THE
WARNING CIRCUIT.
AS A RESULT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM AM2 FUSE TO COOLING FAN RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 9 OF THE COOLING FAN ECU
→ TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE COOLING FAN RELAY TO OPERATE AND THE POINT IN THE COOLING FAN RELAY IS
TURNED OFF. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)4 OF THE COOLING FAN WARNING
LIGHT → TERMINAL (A)10 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE COOLING FAN ECU → TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND, CAUSING THE COOLING FAN
WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.
75
ENGINE COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN (3S–GTE)
* 1 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
2
1
7. 5A
AM2
20A
VENT
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
7. 5A
ECU–IG
2
2
3
1
2
B–R
R–L
B–R
5
B–Y
3
13
2
II3
9 3A
B–R
I10
IGNITION SW
10 AM2
2
3C
IG2 9
ST2
J/B
NO. 3
7 EB1
B–O
R–L
I15
B–Y
(* 1)
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE4
E11
(* 1)
B–R
B–O
2
2
1
4
TO
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
4 B
C13
COOLING
FAN RELAY
(FOR ENGINE
COMPARTMENT)
A , C1 4 B
COOLING FAN
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
10 A
3
2
L–B
G–W
2
L–W
2
3
EB1
12
IE1
L
L–W
6 EB1
5 EA1
L–W
1
C3
COOLING
FAN MOTOR
(FOR ENGINE
COMPARTMENT)
B–Y
M
L–Y
B–R
2
9
7
2
3
C2
COOLING FAN ECU
(FOR ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
4 EA1
L
1
E3
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
TEMP. SENSOR
76
1
W–B
3 EA1
L–O
L
5
L–O
6
2
B–Y
A
R–L
4
TO
FAN MAIN RELAY
(EXCEPT * 1)
B–O
R–L
B–O
9 3D
EA
SERVICE HINTS
COOLING FAN RELAY
(2) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(2) 3– (2) 4 : OPEN WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. BELOW 55°C (131°F)
C2 COOLING FAN ECU
1–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
3–1
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
9–1
: 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C
(158°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C2
CODE
22
C3
C13
A
C14
SEE PAGE
B
CODE
24
22
E3
22
24
I10
24
J1
SEE PAGE
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EB1
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IE1
IE4
II3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA
26 (3S–GTE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E11
26 (3S–GTE)
C2
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
GRAY
C3
I15
GRAY
C13
A
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
BROWN
C14
B
BLUE
3 X
1 2
5 6 7 X 9 X
X
1
E3
1
CODE
ENGINE WIRE
10
4
2
BLACK
I10
BLACK
J1
2
A A A
X
X
9
10
A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
77
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
* 1 : A/T, M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : EXCEPT A/T, M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
W
W
W
2
1
15A
TAIL
1
1
FROM
HEADLIGHTS
4
15A
FR FOG
1
1
2
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
1
3
1
3
2
1
5
1
5
1
R–L
R–Y
9 3A
5
II2
5
1
J/B
NO. 3
5
5
50A AM1
R
2
120A ALT
8
5
9
G–Y
5
7 3C (M/T)
8 3C (A/T)
2
II3
G–Y
15
12
II3
II3
LG
3
R
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
R–L
W
W
5
R–L
22
5
LG
W
R–B
G
1
5
W–R
1
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
4
2
R22
LIGHT RETAINER
RELAY
[RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY]
10
2
10
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
5
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
14
15
18
R–Y
W–B
FL MAIN
2. 0L
14
LG–R
R–B
R–Y
13
(A/T)
R–B
(M/T)
17
R–W
W
1
II3
2
II3
3
II2
10
II3
LG–R
R
R
2
13
(* 2)
5
3D
J/B NO. 3
6
3D
1
OFF
2
D11
DOOR
COURTESY
SW LH
TAIL
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
B11
A
IC
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BF
W–B
W–B
11
3C
W–B
11
W–B
HEAD
78
R–W
C18
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
(* 2)
(* 1)
R
R
BATTERY
BE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY THROUGH GAUGE
FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL,
AND TO TERMINAL 10 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL 13 OF THE RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 → TO
GROUND AND THE TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES THE TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS 13 AND 14 OF THE RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 → TO
GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES THE TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE
TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS THE SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY), WHEN THE
DOOR ON THE DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE
CURRENT WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 18 IN THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL 10
TO TERMINAL 18 IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF.
AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
SERVICE HINTS
R22 LIGHT RETAINER RELAY [RETRACT CONTROL RELAY]
4–GROUND
2–GROUND
10–GROUND
15–GROUND
18–GROUND
13–GROUND
14–GROUND
17–GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
CONTINUOUS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CONTINUOUS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION,
THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND THE FOG LIGHT SW ON
79
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C18
24
F3
24
D11
25
J3
24
CODE
R22
SEE PAGE
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
II3
SEE PAGE
32
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B11
80
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
HEADLIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
(5) 2– (5) 3: CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
B
24
H3
25
R23
25
C15
A
24
H4
25
R24
25
C17
B
24
J3
25
C18
A
24
R22
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
5
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C
3D
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
SEE PAGE
32
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I4
I16
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B3
I5
I12
CODE
B4
32
COWL WIRE
B11
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B14
I26
81
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : EXCEPT *1
HEADLIGHT
W
W
2
2
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
1
3
5
R–B
R–G
W
W
5
3
3
H3
HEADLIGHT
LH
5
8
1
2
1
R–L
2
H4
HEADLIGHT
RH
R–Y
R–L
10
B14
R–Y
B3
R–L
5
R
R–Y
I12
(* 1)
R
(* 2)
R
3
II2
R–W
II2
5
5
3D
C17
R
(* 1)
R
(* 2)
(* 2)
R
(* 1)
R
R–Y
4 3D
FL MAIN
2. 0L
R–L
I 4 : M/T
I26 : A/T
B , C18 A
COMBINATION SW
13 A
14 A
3 A
R–L
12 A
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
OFF
BATTERY
HOLD
10 A
TAIL
C14
1 B
LOW
W–B
DIMMER
SW
B , C 15 A
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
HEAD
FLASH
HIGH
11 A
J3
11 3C
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B A
A W–B
W–B
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
IB
20 B
R
W–B
W–B
9 A
82
II2
R–L
6
J/B NO. 3
W
6 3D
IC
J/B
NO. 3
10
3C
W–B
13
II2
R
W
W
W
5
5
2
2
30A
RTR
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
3
5
1
3
5
5
5
R
R–G
W–R
10
DOWN
M
3
1
7
16
Y
L
R
G
W–R
2
4
Y
Y
3
L
1
DOWN
M
R23
RETRACT MOTOR
LH
L
B4
UP
R24
RETRACT MOTOR
RH
5
BF
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B11
W–B
R
5
B4
UP
5
6
Y
2
1
L
4
9
L
R
18
L
3
W–B
14
R
R–W
8
R22
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
BE
83
*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS POWER WINDOW OR
WOOFER SPEAKER
FOG LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
2
2
15A
HEAD (LH)
15A
HEAD (RH)
1
15A
FR FOG
3
5
1
5
5
R–B
3
3
R–B
R–G
R–Y
5
H3
HEADLIGHT
LH
1
H4
HEADLIGHT
RH
2
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
R–Y
2
R–Y
3
5
5
R–Y
15
II3
B5
R
B8
R
G–Y
R–Y
B6
R
G–Y
B3
5
1
R–L
1
R–L
R–Y
2
5
F3
FOG LIGHT
SW
2
R
R
R
II2
R–Y
1
(A/T)
3
1
1
R
I12
(* 1)
(* 1)
R
(* 1)
R–B
II2
(EXCEPT * 1)
6
17
R–B
R–W 14
(M/T)
R–Y
R22
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
14
II3
4
II4
6 3D
R
DIMMER SW
” HIGH”
11
W–B
W–B
9
2
B11
W–B
11 3C
10
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
B14
W–B
3C
IB
84
IC
BF
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
BE
F7
FOG LIGHT
RH
2
1 B
W–B
13
F6
FOG LIGHT
LH
14
W–B
12
LIGHT CONTROL
SW ” HEAD”
5 A
W–B
C18
COMBINATION SW
(EXCEPT * 1)
J/B
NO. 3
C14 B , C15 A
FOG LIGHT INDICATOR
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R
R
R
(EXCEPT * 1)
R
R–Y
4
3D
5
3D
SERVICE HINTS
C18 COMBINATION SW
9–12: CLOSED WITH THE DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
FOG LIGHT RELAY
(5) 5– (5) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND THE FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C14
C15
SEE PAGE
B
24
A
C18
F3
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F6
25
J3
24
24
F7
25
R22
25
24
H3
25
24
H4
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
5
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
3C
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
21
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE ((RIGHT KICK PANEL))
II4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B6
I12
32
B8
COWL WIRE
I16
34
B11
B3
34
B5
B14
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
C14
B
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
BLUE
C15
A
GRAY
C18 BLACK
X
1
X
5
X
F3
1 2
F6
BLACK
F7
BLACK
H3
9
11
BLACK
H4
1
X
1
2
1
J3
2
2
12 13 14
BLACK
1
3
2
3
R22
A
A
A
A
X
A
X
14
17
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
85
TAILLIGHT
W
W
II2
LG
W
22
9
LG
II3
2
5
R22
RETRACT
CONTROL RELAY
2
LG–R
120A ALT
50A AM1
13
2
10
G
G
II3
B5
G
B2
1
11
W–B
W–B
W–B
B12
11 3C
B3
IC
86
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BF
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
BE
W–B
G
2
F12
RH
1
W–B
2
W–B
W–B
HEAD
F11
LH
W–B
2
TAIL
2
F16
RH
FRONT SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
1
G
G
1
F15
LH
PARKING
LIGHT
2
OFF
G
G
B12
W–B
BATTERY
C18
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
FL MAIN 2. 0L
LG–R
W
G
G
5
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
W
1
1
4
2
3
1
1
G
1
1
A
(* 1)
G
G
G
LG
G
I7
G
G
(EXCEPT * 1)
(EXCEPT * 1)
W
A
(EXCEPT * 1)
A
W
(* 1)
1
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(* 1)
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
1
15A
TAIL
1 3C
J/B
NO. 3
II2
G
10
IE1
TO DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP)
G
G
G
17
G
G
G
L1
LICENCE
PLATE
LIGHT
2
1
1
TAIL AND
REAR SIDE
MARKER LIGHT
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT]
R6
LH
BG
W–B
R7
RH
W–B
B26
W–B
W–B
B28
2
5
W–B
5
W–B
2
G
B30
G
G
1
G
B25
G
B28
W–B
BI
87
TAILLIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C18
24
F16
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
R6
25
F11
25
J2
24
R7
25
F12
25
J3
24
R22
25
F15
25
L1
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3C
SEE PAGE
21
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IE1
II2
II3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I7
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
B2
B3
B5
B12
88
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B25
B26
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B28
B30
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
89
ILLUMINATION
1
1
5
15A
TAIL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
W
LG
W
A
A
II2
9
A
A
A
G
W
II3
G
G
I26
(* 3)
I5
G
G
(* 3)
G
(* 1)
G
(* 3)
G
(* 1)
G
2
R22
RETRACT
CONTROL
RELAY
(* 3)
W
LG
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
G
(* 2)
G
I22
G
5
13
G
(* 3)
(* 1)
(A/T)
G
2
G
(* 3)
G
(A/T)
4 A
B , A7 A
8 B
5
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
1 A
G–R
G
G
I 5 : M/T
I 3 : A/T
18 B
G–O
2
4
(* 1)
F3
FOG LIGHT SW
4
1
(* 3)
G
I16
G–O
LG–R
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
2
G–O
OFF
TAIL
G–O
HEAD
(A/T)
I22
G–O
G–O
G–O
11
I18 : M/T
I17 : A/T
G–O
G–R
G–O
W–B
C18
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
FL MAIN 2. 0L
BATTERY
I22 : M/T
I10 : A/T
G
II3
W
2
2
G–O
5
A16
ASHTRAY
ILLMINATION
O4
A/T INDICATOR ILLUMINATION
[O/D MAIN SW]
LG–R
50A AM1
120A ALT
10
(* 1)
(* 3)
A5
22
G
(* 1)
(* 1)
4
G–O
W–B
90
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKWR
* 3 : EXCEPT * 1
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A
G
TO CLOCK
(* 1)
G
G
A
(* 1)
G
A
(* 1)
A
I10 : M/T
I11 : A/T
G
G
G
G
I10
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
(A/T)
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
TO A/T
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
(* 1)
S 9 A ,S 1 0 B
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
3
6
B
A
G
G
(*2)
(*2)
G
G
(*3)
I3
(*3)
G
G
(*3)
G
I7
G
(* 3)
G
(* 3)
G
G
9 A (W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
5 C (W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
G–O
8
C14
COMBINATION
METER
3
TO CLOCK
(*3)
6
3B
TO A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
H2
HAZARD SW
5
3B
(* 3)
G
G
G
2
9
G
(* 3)
G
5 3C
(* 1)
G–O
G–O
I 8 : M/T
I17 : A/T
G–O
G–O
JB
NO. 3
(* 1)
2 A (W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
10 B (W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
(* 3)
G
I 8 : M/T
I 7 : A/T
G
I12
W–G
RADIO AND PLAYER
, R3 C
(* 3)
A , R2 B
1
R1
C10
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
ILLUMINATION
G–O
2
I3
(* 3)
G
(*3)
G
G
(*3)
(* 1)
I7
(* 1)
G
I7
G
G
(*3)
I11
1 3A
J/B NO. 3
G–R
G–R
J/B
NO. 3
G–O
W–B
3
10
3D
11
3D
W–B
B
B
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
11
3C
G–R
W–B
1
2
(* 1)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
R4
RHEOSTAT
(*3)
A
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
91
ILLUMINATION
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
R 4 RHEOSTAT
1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A5
A7
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B
24
H2
24
A
CODE
R3
SEE PAGE
C
24
24
J1
24
R4
A16
24
J2
24
R22
24
C10
24
J3
24
S9
A
25
C14
24
O4
24
S10
B
25
C18
24
R1
A
24
F3
24
R2
B
24
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT LICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
II3
SEE PAGE
32
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I3
I12
I5
I16
I7
I8
32
COWL WIRE
I17
I18
I10
I22
I11
I26
92
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
93
* 1 : W/ DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
* 2 : W/O DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
INTERIOR LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
15A
DOME
4
R
I 6 : M/T
I27 : A/T
5
3
R
R
II3
R
R
(* 2)
R
R
I31 : M/T
I27 : A/T
R
R
(* 1)
1 3D
7
3D
R–W
1
2
2
(* 2)
R–W
1
R
R
B16
R
I9
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT (* 2)
W–B
IJ1
D10
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT RH
R
1
2
(* 1)
R–W
I10
R–W
(* 2)
W–B
(* 1)
G–O
R–W
R–W
I16 : M/T
I25 : A/T
R–W
(* 1)
1 B
2 B
R
1
6
B
W–B
I27
(* 1)
I11
B
3 B
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY
(W/ DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT)
12 3D
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
13
A
A
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
94
(* 1)
2
R–B
1
W–B
2
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
R
4
B
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
R8
REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR COURTESY SW
I10 : M/T
I23 : A/T
R–W
R
G–O
IJ1
(* 1)
I10
4
I16 : M/T
I10 : A/T
(* 1)
IF1
R–W
G–O
(* 1)
2
I10 : M/T
I23 : A/T
G–O
IF2
R–W
R–W
(* 2)
G–O
14
I26 : M/T
I27 : A/T
(* 2)
R–W
1 BL1
1
(* 1)
2
R–L
D13
DOOR KEY CYLINDER
LIGHT
R
(* 1)
1
1
1
R–W
2
I9
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT (* 1)
4
2
IF1
2 A
(* 1)
(* 1)
RIGHT
DOOR
LEFT
5
G–O
RIGHT
R–W
R–W
2
R10
REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
1
R
1
LEFT
C13
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R
R
P4
PERSONAL
LIGHT
R
3
3 A
R–W
2 3D
D9
DOOR COURTESY
LIGHT LH
2 BL1
1 A
A
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY
(W/O DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT)
R
IE1
I11
R–W
11
J/B
NO. 3
R–W
10
3A
R
R
(* 2)
R
IB
10
IF1
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
W–B
2
1
(* 1)
LG–R
(* 1)
D13
OUTSIDE
HANDLE SW
IF2
SERVICE HINTS
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW RH
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
C13
24
D13
I9
D9
25
D10
25
D11
25
D12
25
I11
SEE PAGE
CODE
25
SEE PAGE
P4
25
24
R8
25
A
24
R10
25
B
24
J3
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
5
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
21
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IE1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
IF2
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1
34
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I25
I6
I26
I10
32
COWL WIRE
I27
I16
I31
I23
B16
C13
X
BROWN
D 9, D10
D11, D12
1
2
2 1
4 5
32
COWL WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
D13
2
I9
1
1
2
1 2
I11
A
GREEN
1
2
3
X
I11
1
B
J3
2
3 4 X 6
A
A
A
A
X
A
P4
R8
1
2
1
R10 GRAY
1
2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
95
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
2
7. 5A
TURN
15A
HAZ–HORN
3
1
1
5
11
II3
R–Y
G–R
H2
HAZARD SW
10
G–R
C18
TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]
8
OFF
RH
HAZARD
TURN
G–O
1
T4
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
I27 : M/T
I28 : A/T
G–Y
G–Y
I27
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
13
3 IE1
2 IE1
12
C14
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR LIGHTS
[COMB. METER]
F15
F16
FRONT TURN
FRONT TURN
SIGNAL LIGHT LH
SIGNAL LIGHT RH
2
II3
6
3
2
IC
96
BF
W–B
B26
5
W–B
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
W–B
B13
FROM
RETRACT MOTOR LH
W–B
W–B
W–B
5
6
BE
BG
BI
R7
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
5
G–Y
1
G–B
W–B
RH
W–B
LH
R6
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
J/B
NO. 3
3
A
J/B
NO. 3
II3
G–Y
6
8
3A
G–Y
G–B
G–B
W–B
3
10
3C
J/B
NO. 3
5
3A
G–B
7 3A
8
G–Y
5
J/B
NO. 3
2
1
G–O
6
G–B
G–O
9
3C
5
G–Y
9
G–B
7
G–B
G–W
G–O
LH
G–W
ON
SERVICE HINTS
T 4 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON
1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,
OR WITH THE HAZARD SW ON
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C14
24
F16
25
R6
25
C18
24
H2
24
R7
25
F15
25
J3
24
T4
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
3A
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
21
3C
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I27
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
I28
CODE
COWL WIRE
C14 BLUE
SEE PAGE
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B26
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
C18 BLACK
1
1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B13
F15
2
X 5 X
F16
3
2
3
12 13
X 8
H2
X
J3
X
5 6 7 8 9 10
A
A
A
A
X
A
R6
R7
X 5 6
X 5 6
T4
BLACK
1
2
3
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
97
BACK–UP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
7. 5A
ECU–IG
3
TO A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER](A/T)
2
B–Y
B1
B
BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)
7 EB1
R–B
A
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SW (NEUTRAL START SW)](A/T)
6 2
5 1
B–Y
A B
A B
13
R–B
(A/T)
P1
R–B
R–B
EA3
E4
R–B
(M/T)
(A/T)
1
B5
BACK–UP LIGHT
B1
B
GRAY
(A/T)
B5
P1
A
GRAY
2
W–B
(M/T)
1
2
5 6
2 1
BI
SERVICE HINTS
B 1(B), P 1(A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW
(A) 6–5 (B) 2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
B1
SEE PAGE
B
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
CODE
B5
SEE PAGE
CODE
25
P1
SEE PAGE
A
23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
EB1
28 (5S–FE)
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
BI
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E4
98
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
STOP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
H5
15A
STOP
2
R6
R7
3 X 5
3 X 5
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
S7
A
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
BLUE
S7
B
1
1
2
1
2
X
2
X
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
2 2
A B
1 1
A B
S7
A
G–W
4
G–W
G–W
IE1
J/B
NO. 3
B
STOP LIGHT
SW
G–W
B21
G–W
R–W
1
G–W
G–W
G–W
B25
3
3
1
R7
STOP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT RH]
R6
STOP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT LH]
2
W–B
W–B
5
W–B
5
H5
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
W–B
W–B
W–B
B22
W–B
B26
BI
BG
SERVICE HINTS
S 7 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
H5
25
R6
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
R7
S7
CODE
25
A
S7
SEE PAGE
B
24
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IE1
SEE PAGE
30
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B21
B22
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
B25
B26
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
99
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
1
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
20A
DOOR
2
30A
POWER
3
1
1
R–L
1
2
7
9
(M/T)(A/T)
R–B
I26
J/B
NO. 3
R–B
1
2
3
1
5
L–W
R–L
R–L
3D
D5
DIODE
(FOR POWER WINDOW)
R–L
R–B
1
2
W–B
8
3C 3C
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
L
9 3A
15
P3
POWER MAIN
RELAY
D7
DOOR LOCK ECU
8
W–L
KEY OFF
POWER WINDOW
L–W
I30
W–B
16
4
IF2
L
2
P13
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
UP
UP
W–B
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
DOWN
4 3B
DOWN
R
9
+
–
R
6 3B
+
–
LOCK
B
10
G
IF1
2
IF2
3
IF2
R–L
W–B
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
3
2
IB
IJ2
M
2
P14
POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH
1
1
M
2
P15
POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH
P16
POWER WINDOW
SW RH
UP
4
1
R
W–B
G
A
12
L
IJ2
DOWN
W–B
IC
1
5
2
A
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IJ2
R–L
R
2
G
J/B
NO. 3
G
10 3D
W–B
R
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L–W
10
R–L
7
G
B
D11
DOOR
COURTESY
SW LH
100
3
W–B
1
4
W–B
B
R–W
FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU
NORMAL
6
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE. WITH THE IGNITION SW
TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 →
GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL 9
OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S).
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AT UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER
WINDOW MOTOR LH (DRIVER’S) → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND
CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UPWARD DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS
BEING PULLED. FOR DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO
TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2
→ TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP
OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE DRIVER’S SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENT
FLOWING TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER
WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR
TO ROTATE IN THE DOWNWARD DIRECTION. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE DRIVER’S
SW AT THE DOWN POSITION, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW AND
TERMINAL 6 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE DRIVER’S SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROM
TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 4 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW
WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED TO THE UP POSITION DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE
MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6, SO THE MOTOR STOPS,
CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE DRIVER’S SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE
UPWARD DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)
WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER
WINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 →
GROUND, AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UPWARD DIRECTION. UP OPERATION
CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP POSITION. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE
CURRENT TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR
ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK POSITION, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE
PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF UP/DOWN OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN NOT
BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DOOR
FUSE → TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TO
GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE POWER FUSE →
TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5
OF POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S). AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF
THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOWS. ALSO, BY OPENING THE
DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF, AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOWS
STOPS.
101
POWER WINDOW
SERVICE HINTS
D7 DOOR LOCK ECU
8–GROUND:
16–GROUND:
1–GROUND:
2–GROUND:
15–GROUND:
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
2–GROUND:
CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
P16 POWER WINDOW SW RH
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
P13 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
6–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DRIVER’S SW AT UP POSITION
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DRIVER’S SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D5
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
24
P15
25
P16
25
D7
24
P3
24
D11
25
P13
25
J1
24
P14
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1
IF2
IJ2
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
I16
102
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I26
I30
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
103
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
TO
POWER MAIN
RELAY
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
3
2
1
9
3D
1
9
W–L
R–L
7
3A
8
R–L
D5
DIODE
(FOR POWER
WINDOW)
1
2 R–B
R–L
3C 3C
D7
DOOR LOCK ECU
8
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L A
A
I26
R–B
20A
DOOR
R–B
1
(A/T)(M/T)
J/B NO. 3
1
15
LOCK
TIMER
KEY OFF
POWER WINDOW
16
4
3
6
L–B
L–W
L–R
I29 : M/T
I27 : A/T
9
L
7
W–B
UNLOCK
TIMER
B–Y
B–Y
L–B
B
B–Y
R–B
(* 1)
L–R
L–B
G–B
L–B
W–R
L–W
J/B
NO. 3
4 A
3 B
6 A (* 1)
(* 2)
2
6
W–B
W–B
I16 : M/T
I 9 : A/T
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
IB
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
ID
I26 : M/T
I30 : A/T
IF2
5
1
IF2
2
LOCK
M
6
B
1
UNLOCK
3 A (* 1)
(* 2)
IF2
3
LOCK
D14
DOOR KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW LH
1 A
1 B
11
W–B
2 A
2 B
IF2
P13
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW LH
B–Y
UNLOCK
5 A
4 B
10
R–B
IF2 12
G–B
IF2
(* 1)
9
W–R
IF2
L–Y
8
W–B
A
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW AND DOOR OPEN
DETECTION SW LH (* 1)
D19
B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR OPEN
DETECTION SW LH (* 2)
D17
IF2
L–W
7
W–B
104
L–W
L–W
I27 : M/T
I26 : A/T
3D
IC
R–B
B
B
10
A
G–B
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
L–B
7 3B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
I10
UNLOCK
WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
B
W–B
5
I28 : M/T
I26 : A/T
L
L
FROM SEAT BELT
WARNING RELAY
1
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
(* 1)
I17 : M/T
I 9 : A/T
(* 1)
B16
10
IF1
W–B
B17
W–B
W–B
* 1 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
* 2 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT
D7
DOOR LOCK ECU
DOUBLE
OPERATION
CIRCUIT
R–B
B
B
R
2
1
2
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW RH
3
1
R–W
2
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
1
R
IJ2
R–W
5
(* 1)
W–B
A
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW AND DOOR OPEN
DETECTION SW RH (* 1)
W–B
D20
W–B
4
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR OPEN
DETECTION SW RH (* 2)
6 3B
B
R–B
LOCK
UNLOCK
3
IJ2
D15
DOOR KEY LOCK
AND UNLOOK SW RH
4 A (* 1)
(* 2)
2
6
B
5 A
3 B
IJ2
LOCK
1 A (* 1)
(* 2)
M
D18
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
1 B
8
B–Y
2 A
2 B
IJ2
UNLOCK
3 A
4 B
(* 1)
6 A
9
D16
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH
IJ2 13
R–B
IJ2
G–B
10
W–R
IJ2
L–O
4
L–W
IJ2
L–B
3
4 3B
(* 1)
W–R
G–B
L–B
B–Y
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
L–W
R
B
B
14
R
B–Y
2
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
R–B
12
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
G–B
13
I29 : M/T
I28 : A/T
G–B
10
I 3 : M/T
I30 : A/T
I23 : M/T
I26 : A/T
11
R–B
L–O
5
G–B
SECURITY
W–B
W–B
10
IJ1
W–B
B15
W–B
105
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU
AND TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIODE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 15 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
TO CHANGE THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT
TO TERMINAL 10 OR 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU, WHICH CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8
OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE
DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 3
OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSE THE DOORS TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
TO CHANGE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS
INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OR 13 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU, WHICH CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT
DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT
DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND AND DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH IS TURNED TO UNLOCK POSITION, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS
MECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE
INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE ECU, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS (BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE
UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN) CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT
DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR
LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE PASSENGER’S DOOR.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
∗ OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPERATION)
WITH THE IGNITION KEY STILL IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING THE
DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED AT ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE
FUNCTION OF THE ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2
(LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH),
(A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AND
CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
WITH THE IGNITION KEY STILL IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED AT ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK
SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF THE SW IN THE MOTORS, RESULTING FROM SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5
(PASSENGER’S) OF THE ECU. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN THE ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE
ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR
LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF
THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED FOR MORE
THAN 0.2 SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE BY PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. IF THE
DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, THE DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE ECU. BY THIS INPUT
SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINALS (A)2 (LH), (A)3
(RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINALS (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH)
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT) OR (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AND CAUSES
ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
106
SERVICE HINTS
D7 DOOR LOCK ECU
16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
2–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 0.2 SECONDS WITH THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS:
* THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS UNLOCKED
* THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
* THE DOOR LOCK KNOB IS LOCKED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER AND THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S OR PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH A KEY
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 0.2 SECONDS WITH THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS:
* THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS LOCKED
* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S OR PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH A KEY
10–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED
14–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
6–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
5–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED
13–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH A KEY
7–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE KEY CYLINDER
1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
9–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH A KEY
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND IT REMAINS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION
SW IS TURNED OFF, HOWEVER, IF A DOOR IS OPENED WITHIN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
12–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S, OR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH A KEY
I10 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
1–5:
CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
D14, D15 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
1–3:
CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH A KEY
2–3:
CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH A KEY
D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW LH, RH
2–GROUND: CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D5
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
D15
25
D16
CODE
D20
SEE PAGE
A
25
D7
24
25
I10
24
D11
25
D17
B
25
J1
24
D12
25
D18
B
25
J3
24
D14
25
D19
A
25
P13
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IF1
IF2
IJ1
IJ2
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
IC
ID
SEE PAGE
30
30
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
RIGHT KICK PANEL
107
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I3
I28
I9
I29
I16
I30
I17
32
COWL WIRE
B15
I23
B16
I26
B17
I27
108
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
COWL WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
109
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
1
15A
DOME
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
R
9 3A
9 3D
R
II3
(* 1)
(* 1)
R–L
5
3
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R–L A
A
2
R–L
4
2 3C
R–L
10 3B
J/B
NO. 3
(EXCEPT * 1)
J/B
NO. 3
1 3D
4 A
C13
B , C14 A
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
BR–R
7 B
R
R–L
12 3B
1
2
10
S5
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
TIMER
BUZZER
3
R
7
4
(* 1)
6
R
R
J/B
NO. 3
(EXCEPT * 1)
L
W–B
5 3B
R
I10
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
W–B
R–W
1
9 3B
1
(* 1)
6 3B
2
1
D11
DOOR COURTESY
SW LH
B4
BUCKLE SW
2
7 3B
8 3B
W–B
5
J/B NO. 3
W–B
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
IC
110
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING
RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE, THROUGH THE SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENT
FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE
WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND
THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SW
ON) DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), THE SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE
CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON). THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND THE DOOR OPEN
(DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY, THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
SERVICE HINTS
I10 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
1–5 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER
S 5 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
6–GROUND
3–GROUND
7–GROUND
4–GROUND
10–GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
CONTINUOUS WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER
CONTINUOUS WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER
THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW LH
2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
B 4 BUCKLE SW
1–2:
CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
B4
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
24
D11
25
J3
24
S5
24
C13
B
24
I10
24
C14
A
24
J1
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II3
SEE PAGE
32
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
111
WIPER AND WASHER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
20A
WIPER
4
1
L
I13 : M/T
I12 : A/T
L
L
II2
L
8
L
I34
2
W2
WASHER
MOTOR
M
L
C17
WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)
[COMB. SW]
1
W–L
12
8
II2
W–L
WASHER
HIGH
LOW
INT
MIST
OFF
WIPER RELAY
L
W–B
16
4
L–W
7
L–R
13
L–B
18
9
II2
L–W
II2
L
10
L–R
II2
L–B
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
W–B
11
1
2
4
3
W–B
A
W–B
M
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W4
WIPER MOTOR
IC
112
IB
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND
WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT
LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT, WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY
FUNCTION, FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT
OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT, AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → GROUND AND WIPER FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER, INSTALLED IN THE RELAY, WHICH ALTERNATELY CHARGES
AND DISCHARGES. TIMING IS CONTROLLED BY AN INTERMITTENT TIME CONTROL SW, WHICH REGULATES THE CHARGING TIME
OF THE CONDENSER.
4. MIST POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT
LOW SPEED.
5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WITH THE WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO SPRAY
WASHER FLUID ON THE WINDSHIELD. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO THE WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT
IN TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR →
GROUND AND THE WASHER FUNCTIONS.
SERVICE HINTS
C17 WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY) [COMB. SW]
16–GROUND
18–GROUND
7–GROUND
4–GROUND
13–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY, WITH THE WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
W 4 WIPER MOTOR
3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS THE WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION
113
WIPER AND WASHER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C17
24
W2
24
J3
24
W4
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
SEE PAGE
32
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I5
I12
I13
114
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I16
32
COWL WIRE
I34
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation in
accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair
Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble
codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before
disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within
90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems
will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.
When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock.
This vehicle has tilt and telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder belt
anchorage, which are all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memory
contents. So when the work is finished, therefore it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, and
ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory.
To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the
vehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface
facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care
not to damage the connector.
(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high
humidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse
it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10kΩ/V) tester.
The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire and luggage room wire
harness assembly. The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by
corrugated yellow tubing, as are the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.
(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness
assembly.
When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wire
harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.
(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the
instructions on the notices.
115
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:
1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the
connector is disconnected, the short spring plate
automatically connects the power source and grounding
terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference
between the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM
This mechanism is designed to electrically check if
connectors are connected correctly and completely.
The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so
that the connection detection pin connects with the
diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in
the locked condition.
116
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM
With this mechanism connectors (male and female
connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase
connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs
interfere and prevent the secondary lock.
117
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
1
2
BR
15A
RAD
& CIG
7. 5A
AM2
3
7. 5A
ECU–B
2
3
5
1
5
B–R
AB
TC
II2
W
18
15
R–Y
GR
II3
W–R
12
B–R
13
E1
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
1
12 EA3
1 EA3
W–R
I10
IGNITION SW
IG2
ST2
W–R
6
2
R–Y
3
IE4
11
IE3
R–Y
R–Y
1
ID2
2
ID2
P–B
ID1
B–Y
2
P–L
ID1
B–O
1
GR
B–O
W
9
I 2 : M/T
I10 : A/T
C13
SRS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W
AM2
R–Y
10
13 A
14 A
12 A
7 A
IG2
ACC
LA
TC
C 6 A , C 7 B , C8 C
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR
ASSEMBLY
W
B
1
SPIRAL
CABLE
B
1
A14
AIRBAG SQUIB
(PASSENGER AIRBAG
ASSEMBLY)
A15
AIRBAG SQUIB
(STEERING
WHEEL PAD)
IB
118
ID
BR
F9
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR RH
E1
5 A
W–B
B
2
1
E2
6 A
W–B
W
D+
3 A
CONNECTION
DETECTION
PIN
A
D–
4 A
2
F8
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR LH
P+
2 A
W–B
B
P–
1 A
W–B
CONNECTION
DETECTION
PIN
+SR
1 C
B
2
W
1
2
A
–SR
2 C
W
+SL
2 B
B
–SL
1 B
EA
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL
ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 14 OF THE
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES CURRENT FROM THE AM2 FUSE FLOW TO
TERMINAL (A) 13.
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR, AND
WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR
ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG,
OR AM2 FUSE FLOW TO TERMINALS (A)2 AND (A)3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG
SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A)1 AND (A)4 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5,
TERMINAL (A) 6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.
WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR
RH IS ON, THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG, OR AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A) 2 AND
(A) 3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS
(A) 1 AND (A) 4 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 1 OR (B) 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (C) 2 OR (B) 1 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5, TERMINAL (A) 6
OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.
WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR
RH IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT
FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS
INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK
TO THE PASSENGER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A14
24
A15
CODE
C8
SEE PAGE
C
CODE
SEE PAGE
24
F9
25
I10
24
24
C13
24
C6
A
24
D1
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
C7
B
24
F8
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
ID1
30
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR R/B NO. 1)
ID2
30
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IE3
IE4
II2
II3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
26 (3S–GTE)
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I2
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I10
SEE PAGE
32
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
119
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
A14, A15
1
YELLOW
C6
A
YELLOW
C7
2
1
5
2
6
7
X
A
B
X
X
3
X
A
4
1
12 13 14
C13 BROWN
D1
3
X 2
DARK GRAY
YELLOW
C8
B
C
A
2
1
F 8, F 9
YELLOW
B
2
YELLOW
I10
BLACK
12 X
6
X
X 15
X
120
B
1
2
X
X
9
10
HORN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
15A
HAZ–HORN
1
G–R
5
5
2
HORN
RELAY
1
3
II2
10
C18
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
B1
G–W
G–W
G–B
G–W
G–W
7
5
G–W
G–B
5
1
1
H6
HORN
H7
HORN
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
(5) 2– (5)3 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C18
CODE
24
H6
SEE PAGE
CODE
25
H7
SEE PAGE
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
5
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II2
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B1
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
34
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
C18 BLACK
H 6, H 7
BLACK
1
X
X
X
10
121
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
J/B
NO. 3
9
2
3A
9
7
(EXCEPT * 1)
8
(* 1)
(M/T)
3C 3C
A
12
R–L
(* 1)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(* 1)
C14
R–L
TO HEATER
RELAY
Y
6
II4
4 B
Y–R
Y
8
E
4
15
1
23
SS1
SS2
IGB
SGND
CHK
6
17
18
19
20
16
R
W
LG
5 A
6 A
1 A
IFB
IOVR
2 A
IOVR
ICTR
WL
LG–R
4 A
IGB
IFB
P8
POWER STEERING
ECU
LG–B
R–L
W–B
12
12 3D
II4
ISTP
W
2
II4
LG
Y–R
LG
SS1
1
B6
R–L
SS2
7
A , C 15 B
POWER STEERING
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R–L
Y–R
14
VS
4 A
Y
(* 1)
R–L
A
II3
R–L
3 A
ICTR
10
SGND
M+
ISTP
J/B
NO. 3
M–
2 B
P5
C , P6 B
1
C
2
C
, P7 A
B
11
B–Y
IE3
W
POWER STEERING
DRIVER
II4
W
A
R–L
R–L
(EXCEPT * 1)
R–L
3D
C17
STEERING
POSITION
SENSOR
[COMB. SW]
R–L
3C
R–L
R–L
I1
(A/T)
R–L
1
W
W–B
W–B
1 EA3
15
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
TC
E1
A
IC
122
BR
3
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
BE
W–B
EA
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : 5S–FE M/T
IE3
6
14
B–W
V–W
L–Y
(EXCEPT * 2)
(* 2)
L–Y
(* 2)
5
80A
ABS
5
(* 2)
L–Y
(* 2)
2 EA1
IE3
5
IE1
B
L–Y
V–W
4
D
9 A (3S–GTE)
9 B (5S–FE A/T)
11 C (5S–FE M/T)
7 A
15 B
21 D
3 EA1
B
B
(EXCEPT * 2)
B
8 A
16 B
7 D
SPD
PS
PSCT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
E4 A ,E4 B ,E4 C ,E6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
V–W
V–W
I10
11
MRLY
P11
1 A
1 B
B , P1 2 A
12
B
W–L
B–Y
W–B
2 B
6 A
GND
BR
25
2 A
B
7
P8
POWER STEERING
ECU
A
SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
W–B
MTL
10 A
C14
POWER
STEERING RELAY
MTH
V–W
5
SPD
B–W
14
EFI
II4
LG
9
IDUP
13
LG
II4
V–W
2
L–Y
II4
B
1
B
B10
B
B–Y
2 A
1 A
1 B
3 B
W–B
M
W–B
B11
W–B
B14
BF
W–B
BR
A , P 10 B
W–B
P9
POWER STEERING PUMP WITH MOTOR
ID
123
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING) SYSTEM FUNCTIONS TO CHANGE THE FORCES REQUIRED FOR STEERING
MANEUVERS, AND THEREBY PROVIDE THE IDEAL STEERING FEELING FOR ALL THE VEHICLE SPEEDS AND STEERING
CONDITIONS. THIS IS DONE BY THE POWER STEERING ECU, WHICH CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING UPON THE
HYDRAULIC REACTION CHAMBER (LOCATED IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT) BY REGULATING THE POWER STEERING MOTOR’S
SPEED (AND HENCE THE AMOUNT OF FLUID FLOW).
EHPS OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION IS SWITCHED ON, STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IGB OF THE POWER
STEERING ECU, TERMINAL VS OF THE STEERING POSITION SENSOR, AND TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER.
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY THE SPEED SENSOR, AND SIGNALS ARE INPUT AS CONTROL SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SPD
OF THE POWER STEERING ECU AND TO TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE POWER STEERING ECU.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL EFI OF THE POWER STEERING ECU FROM TERMINAL PSCT OF
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL IGB OF THE POWER STEERING ECU
FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL MRLY OF THE POWER STEERING ECU → TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER
STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (A) 2 → GROUND, AND THE POWER STEERING RELAY IS SWITCHED ON. AS A RESULT, THE
CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL (B) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY FROM THE ABS FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B) 2 OF
THE POWER STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (C) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER AND TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER
STEERING MOTOR.
IF THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR IS INCREASED BY INCREASING THE VOLTAGE OF
THE CURRENT THAT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE POWER
STEERING MOTOR → TERMINAL (C) 2 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER → TERMINAL (B) 2 → GROUND, WITH THE RESULT THAT
THE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID BECOMES GREATER, THUS PROVIDING A LIGHT STEERING FEELING.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR DECREASES AS A RESULT OF THE REDUCED
VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE POWER STEERING MOTOR, AND THUS THE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID IS
REDUCED, SO THE STEERING FEELING IS MORE RESISTANT.
SERVICE HINTS
P 8 POWER STEERING ECU
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
5–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVER VEHICLE SLOWLY)
C17 STEERING POSITION SENSOR [COMB. SW]
14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
P 6(B), P 7(A) POWER STEERING DRIVER
(A)4–GROUND
(B)2–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C14
C15
SEE PAGE
CODE
A
24
E4
B
24
E6
SEE PAGE
C
23
D
23
CODE
P7
SEE PAGE
A
P8
25
25
C17
24
J1
24
P9
A
25
D1
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
J3
24
P10
B
25
E4
A
22
P5
C
25
P11
B
25
B
23
P6
B
25
P12
A
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
3D
124
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
IE1
IE3
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
II4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
26 (3S–GTE)
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I1
I10
B6
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B10
32
COWL WIRE
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B11
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B14
125
*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
15A
RAD & CIG
2
GR
1
3
GR
I1
J/B NO. 3
3
3A
(* 1)
3D
GR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
C
(* 1)
8
GR
IF1
(* 1)
GR
GR
(EXCEPT * 1)
OPERATION SW
RIGHT/
DOWN
SELECT SW
LEFT/
UP
UP
3
4
2
5
8
7
R–G
BR–R
W–B
RH
LG
LH
R
RH
L
LH
DOWN
10
RIGHT
LEFT
R21
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
BR–R
W–B
B17
BR–R
10
IF1
BR–R
IJ1
R–G
5
R
IJ1
BR–R
6
IF1
LG
IJ1
5
L
7
IF1
R–G
6
W–B
W–B
R–G
R
IF1
R
7
BR–R
B16
W–B
R
R–G
BR–R
FROM
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SW
1
3
2
1
3
2
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
M
W–B
M
UP/DOWN
M
R20
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR RH
LEFT/RIGHT
M
UP/DOWN
LEFT/RIGHT
W–B
R19
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH
IB
126
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
IC
SERVICE HINTS
R21
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
8–7
: CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION
10–8 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
24
R19
25
J3
24
R20
25
CODE
SEE PAGE
R21
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3D
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
IC
SEE PAGE
30
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I1
I5
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B16
32
COWL WIRE
B17
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
R19, R20
R21
I16
J1
J3
C C C
A
A
A
A
X
A
3 2 1
X
2
3
4
5
X
7
8
X
10
C C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
127
THEFT DETERRENT
W
W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
W
1
5
5
2
15A
TAIL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
8
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
1
R22
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
5
W–R
5
10
2
R
5
9
2
1
R–Y
II3
1
1
1
W
W
II3
LG
11
W
R–Y
10
4
1
G
3
3
LG
5
1
FL MAIN
2. 0L
IK2
R–Y
12
20
BATTERY
T5
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
IK2
10
W–R
L–Y
L
8
5
IK1
12
IK1
2
IK2
W–R
IK2
3
L–R
9
7
W–B
15
Y
16
I30
C14
SECURITY INDICATOR
LIGHT [COMB. METER]
W–B
5
7 3B
3
2
L–W
D19
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW
AND DOOR OPEN DETECTION
SW LH
4
6
W–B
W–B
B16
A
128
IC
FROM POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW AND
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
W–B
W–B
BR
J/B
NO. 3
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
W–R
1
M
11 3D
W–R
IF2
5
6
ID
12
W–R
IF2
L–Y
9
W–B
1
IF2
L–B
7
I10
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
5
L–R
L–B
L–W
IF2
L–W
8
W–R
L–R
I1
W–B
L
Y
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
* 1 : 3S–GTE
* 2 : 5S–FE M/T
W
(A/T)
R
5
ST2 6
9
R
B–R
R–W (A/T)
R
1
2
(M/T)
R
(M/T)
C12
CLUTCH
START SW
II3
R
13
2
P
N
3
B
W
5
EA3
I10
IGNITION SW
3
8
(M/T)
(* 1)
7. 5A
AM2
R
IE4
(A/T)
B–R
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
IG2
R–W (* 2)
10 AM2
2
(A/T)
2
1
S4
STARTER
RELAY
3
14
R–B
4
R–B
IK1
2
W–B
B–W
4
7
W–B
EA1
BM1 IE3
(M/T) (A/T)
18
B–Y
IK2
5
1
1
2
1
2
LOCK
UNLOCK
W–B
3
W–B
W–B
10
IJ1
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
W–B
W–B
B17
W–B
10
IF1
W–B
W–B
W–B
I26 : M/T
I30 : A/T
ID
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
A
W–B
B15
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
FROM
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW
RH
3
4
W–B
L–W
5
LOCK
D20
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW
AND DOOR OPEN
DETECTION SW RH
D14
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW LH
2
UNLOCK
6
3
B–Y
B
IJ2
B
5
B–Y
IJ2
B
6
B
B–Y
B–Y
D15
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW RH
IF2
D6
DIODE
(FOR THEFT
DETERRENT
SYSTEM)
B–Y
I28 : M/T
I29 : A/T
5
2
IJ2
M
W–B
IF2
B
B–Y
13
1
B
B–Y
I29 : M/T
I27 : A/T
W–R
IJ2
B
W–R
10
I29 : M/T
I28 : A/T
L–O
IJ2
I31 : M/T
I30 : A/T
L–B
L–W
3
IK1
B–Y
6
IJ2
5
B–Y
L–O
L–O
L–B
L–W
I30
4
IK2
B–Y
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
L–O
W–R
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
B
TO
DOOR LOCK ECU
11
B
10
L–O
11
12
L–O
T5
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
IB
IC
129
THEFT DETERRENT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
2
1
15A
DOME
15A
HAZ–HORN
4
15A
RAD & CIG
1
5
2
5
1
R
G–R
GR
G–R
5
3
II3
11
3 3A
II3
17
J/B
NO. 3
GR
C
3D
IK2
G–R
3
1
5
GR
C
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
5
G–W
G–B
7
II2
4
IK2
G–B
3
2
8
9
6
T5
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
1
13
1
IK2
7
IK2
FROM
REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R–G
R–W
IK1
R–G
L–W
R–W
14
13
I29
R–G
R–G
L–W
R–W
12 IE3 (A/T)
10 BM1 (M/T)
1
3
130
R–W
1
BI
BE
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BG
B27
1
3
B28
EA
R–W
R–G
8 EA1
R–G
R–G
1
F10
FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR COURTESY SW
3
R9
REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
2
W–B
R
1
D12
DOOR COURTESY SW RH
R–W
R
2
D11
DOOR COURTESY SW LH
R–W
L–W
E4
D8
DIODE
(FOR INTERIOR SYSTEM)
R–G 1
2
R8
REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR COURTESY SW
II3
R–W
16
E8
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
(A/T) 3 IE3
(M/T) 9 BM1
R–G
R–W
I24 : M/T
I30 : A/T
1
IK2
G–B
GR
14
3
HORN
RELAY
R–W
IK2
R
10
T1
THEFT DETERRENT
HORN
R
G–R
2
SERVICE HINTS
T5 THEFT DETERRENT ECU
13–GROUND:
:
16–GROUND:
10–GROUND:
0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OR THE FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OR THE FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR CLOSED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITHIN 30 SECONDS THE WITH SYSTEM ON
0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCK BY ANY METHOD EXCEPT WITH THE KEY
6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFF
7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
14–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR CLOSED
5–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER UNLOCKED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER UNLOCKED
1–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
12 VOLTS WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY
11–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCK BY ANY METHOD EXCEPT WITH THE KEY
18–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SYSTEM ON AND THE IGNITION SW ST POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH THE SYSTEM OPERATED
17–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
D14, D15 DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH THE KEY CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
2–3 : CLOSED WITH THE KEY CYLINDER LOCKED WITH THE KEY
D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH
2–5 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH
3–6 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
E 8 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND
: CLOSED WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
R 9 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH THE REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
131
THEFT DETERRENT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C12
24
D19
25
C14
24
D20
D6
24
E8
D8
25
D11
CODE
SEE PAGE
R8
25
25
R9
25
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
R22
25
F10
25
S4
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
25
I10
24
T1
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
D12
25
J1
24
T5
25
D14
25
J3
24
D15
25
P1
23
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
IE3
IE4
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
32
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
IF1
IF2
II2
II3
IJ1
IJ2
IK1
IK2
BM1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
26 (3S–GTE)
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
26 (3S–GTE)
E4
28 (5S–FE)
CODE
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I30
I1
I31
I5
B15
I16
B16
I24
32
COWL WIRE
B17
I26
B27
I27
B28
I28
132
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I29
32
COWL WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
133
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
1
20A
DEFOG
7. 5A
GAUGE
3
2
1
1
1
5
R–L
L–R
R–Y
1
9 3A
1
J/B
NO. 3
DEFOGGER
RELAY
3
2
1
R–Y
W–B
B
R–L
1
R–Y
J/B
NO. 3
2 3A
IE1
R–Y
9
D4
DIODE
(FOR ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP SYSTEM)
1
W–B
1 A
6 3A
B
B
2
R13
TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
A , R14 B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
B
1 B
A
BH
134
IC
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A5
DEFOGGER SW
[A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY]
11
10
SERVICE HINTS
DEFOGGER RELAY
(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE DEFOGGER SW ON
A 5 DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]
10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
10–11
: CLOSED WITH THE DEFOGGER SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A5
24
D4
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
R13
CODE
24
A
R14
SEE PAGE
B
25
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3A
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IE1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BH
34
UNDER THE RIGHT REAR PILLAR
A5
X
10
11
D4
X
X
X
X
1
2
ORANGE
J3
R13
A
A
A
A
X
A
A , R14 B
BLACK
1
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
135
SHIFT LOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
2
1
15A
RAD & CIG
7. 5A
ECU–IG
2
15A
STOP
3
2
1
GR
B–Y
R–W
1
2
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
2 A
2 B
3 3A
13
S7
IE3
A
B
STOP LIGHT SW
J/B
NO. 3
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
3 3D
B–Y
GR
G–W
C
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4
3A
1 A
1 B
G–W
J/B
NO. 3
6 3D
C
GR
J/B
NO. 3
G–W
5 3D
3
4
5
ACC
IG
STP
S6
SHIFT LOCK ECU
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
P1
G–R
P
G
P2
G–W
SL–
L
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
KLS+
E
2
1
G–O
W–B
SL+
2
B
L–R
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
K2
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
W–B
B
1
10 3D
W–B
12
3D
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
A
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IC
136
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE
SHIFT LOCK ECU. AT ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT
THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUOUS BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU.
THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID →
SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON
(PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO A POSITION OTHER THAN “P” POSITION.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT INTO “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUOUS
BETWEEN P2 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → THE KEY
INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES
FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.
SERVICE HINTS
S 6 SHIFT LOCK ECU
3–GROUND :
4–GROUND :
1–GROUND :
5–GROUND :
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
24
K2
24
J3
24
S6
24
CODE
S7
SEE PAGE
A
24
B
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
21
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IE3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
J1
B B
B B
B
B
J3
B B
C C C
B B
C C C
K2
A
A
A
A
X
A
BLUE
S6
1
3
1
4
2
5
2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL) S 7
1
A
BLUE
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL) S 7
2
1
X
B
2
X
137
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
80A ABS
6
5
FL MAIN 2. 0L
120A ALT
10
5
W
B–W
BATTERY
B–W
3
R–B
R–B
R–B
B–W
B 6 : *1
B11 : EXCEPT * 1
B–W
II4
2 B
6 A
C , A 20 A , A21 B
A19
1 B
ABS ACTUATOR
4
A
5 A
2 A
6 C
5 C
L–Y
G–B
L–R
G–W
11 A
4 A
5 A
12 A
6 A
4 C
2 C
3 C
R–W
II4
8 A
9 A
16
15
TC
W–B
BF
138
BE
E1
3
BR
A
IC
EA
SFR
AST
MT
FSS
FR–
FR+
SFL
FL+
2 A
7 A
1 A
W–B
1
A22
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT LH
2
1
A23
ABS SPEED
SENSOR FRONT RH
(SHIELDED)
L
G
(SHIELDED)
R
2
P
I35
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
W
1 EA3
W
2 EA3
1 B
3 A
IE3
Y
11
TS
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
10 A
W
17 B
Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
I29
FL–
TC
TS
6 B
(A/T)1 BM2
(M/T)2 IE3
B11
ABS ECU
SR
R–
13 B
B , A11 A
SRR
A10
Y
2 B
GND
GND
MR
L–W
9
G–R
L–W
1 A
G–R
W–B
M
* 1 : W/ EHPS
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
2
7. 5A
GAUGE
7. 5A
ECU–IG
2
7. 5A
ECU–B
3
1
2
1
5
B–Y
R–L
2
9 3A
15A
STOP
W–R
1
R–B
1
R–W
1
2 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
13 IE3
J/B
NO. 3
18
II2
S7
A
B
B–Y
W–R
STOP LIGHT
SW
1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
G–W
R–L
9 3D
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J/B
NO. 3
FROM ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE ECU)
R–L
A
4 3A
(M/T)
6 3D
R–B
J/B
NO. 3
12 IE3
(A/T)
9 B
R–B
1 IK1
2 IK1
I23
R–B
2
B
W
R
R–B
(SHIELDED)
G
(SHIELDED)
1
2
A2
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR LH
1
2
A3
ABS SPEED
SENSOR REAR RH
P2
PARKING
BRAKE SW
R–B
2
B14
W–B
1
W–B
9 IK1
W–B
7 IE3
(5S–FE)
9 IE3
R–B
10 IE3
(3S–GTE)
1
1 3B
1
BF
W–B
L
P
II2
R–B
R–B
16
J/B
NO. 3
B6
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW
(SHIELDED)
G
(SHIELDED)
R
R–B
(3S–GTE)
3 3B
I32
EX
16 B
(5S–FE)
19 B
15 B
STP
RR+
RR–
RSS
20 B
8 B
7 B
BAT
W–B
14 B
IG1
(M/T)
22 B
PKB
W
11 B
G–Y
G–W
A10
RL+
RL–
B , A11 A
ABS ECU
5 3D
B6
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW
W–B
R–B
B–Y
R–B
I31 : M/T
I29 : A/T
10 B
3 B
W–R
R–B
(3S–GTE)
A , C15 B
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
G–W
C14
G–Y
G–W
4 A
BE
139
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS, WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP, SO THAT THE
WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING
TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE
TO THE RESERVOIR.
THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR
TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. THE LEVEL OF THE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU IN THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. PRESSURE REDUCTIONS, HOLDING AND
INCREASES ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS
A10(B), A11(A) ABS ECU
(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)
(B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
TS–E1 NOT CONNECTED
(B)17–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
TC–E1 NOT CONNECTED
(B) 1–GROUND, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, AND THE ABS WARNING
LIGHT OFF
(A) 8–GROUND, (A)12–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, AND THE ABS WARNING
LIGHT OFF
(B) 2–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(B)13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
(B)11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
(B)22–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(B)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED
(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)
(B) 1 – (A) 8 :
APPROX. 6 (A) 6 – (A) 8 :
APPROX. 6 (A) 8 – (A)12:
APPROX. 6 (A) 7 – (A) 1 :
APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 (A) 3 – (A)10 :
APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 (A) 4 – (A) 5 :
APPROX. 60 – 100 (A) 4 – (A)11 :
APPROX. 50 – 80 (B) 3 – (B)14 :
APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 K
(B)19 – (B)20 :
APPROX. 0.6 – 1.8 K
140
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A2
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
A3
CODE
A21
SEE PAGE
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
25
D1
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
A22
25
J1
24
A10
B
24
A23
25
J3
24
A11
A
24
B6
25
P2
A19
C
25
C14
A
24
A20
A
25
C15
B
24
S7
24
A
24
B
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
IE3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
32
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
II2
II4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
26 (3S–GTE)
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I23
I29
I31
I32
CODE
I35
32
COWL WIRE
SEE PAGE
B6
B11
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B14
141
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
142
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
2
1
15A
EFI
15A
STOP
1
2
2
1
2
B–O
2
1
R–W
W–R
W–R
FROM IGNITION SW ” IG2”
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
2
S7
EFI MAIN
RELAY
3
A
B
STOP LIGHT
SW
1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
4
2
G–W
2
G–W
G
R
B
5 B
18 B
17 B
BR–W
R–L
W
P
BR
R
G–
4 C
BR–W
2
E18
1
BI
144
W–B
W–B
BG
C20
CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
E2
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
BR
P
BR
4
3
2
1
IDL
E2
1
W
B
1
VTA
W
1
E22
R–L
BR–W
1
VC
Y–R
3
NO. 2
GR–B
2
NO. 1
B23
NO. 3 (LOCK–UP)
BR–Y
22
ECT
9
OD
P–B
W–B
17 BM2 7 BM2
Y
BR–W
4 EA1
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
E7
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR)
THW
9 C
Y–R
NE–
E2
12 C
GR–B
NSW
11 C
VTA
1 C
VC
S1
15 B
S2
SL
2 B
P–B
20 A
G+
W
4 B
B/K
BATT
22 A
1 B
OD1
+B
4 A
NE+
, E6 B
IDL
1 A
12 A
, E5 C
A
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
G–W
W–R
E4
IE1
R–W
B–Y
W–B
4
FROM
DISTRIBUTOR
TO PARK NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
J/B
NO. 3
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
1
7. 5A
ECU–IG
C16
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
TO BACK–UP LIGHT
7. 5A
GAUGE
P
L–Y
L–Y
5
BM2
L–Y
B–Y
R
5
R–B
7
P–B
13
R–B
EA3
2
1
1
R–B
2
14
EA1
R
R–B
E4
4
BM2
R–B
2
P–B
3
7 EB1
7
W–B
N
B–Y
N
13
EA1
P–B
11
BM2
6
9 3A
8
D
D
8
9
EA1
R–W
R–W
6
BM2
LG
E17
LG
LG
EA1
12
9 3D
LG
BM2
FROM TAILLIGHT
RELAY
9
12
5
L
L
4
LG–R
11
LG–R
LG–B
EA1
E17
13
J/B
NO. 3
4
R–W
2
2
G
LG–R
6
BM2
A
A
P1
A/T INDICATOR SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
R–L
IE1
10 A
C13
4 A
O/D OFF
9 A
B , C 14 A
V–W
14
B
COMBINATION METER
LG
6 B
A , E 5 C , E6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
SPD
L
E4
2
LG–R
V–W
19 B
3
BM2
LG
I10
LG
W–R
O
6
W
BR–B
17
LG
7 A
11 B
BR
OD2
3 B
LG
20 B
IGF
IGT
TE1
15 C
1
TT
O4
O/D MAIN
SW
TE1
TO
IGNITER
3
W–B
E1
3
W–B
BR
W–B
I6
12 3D
BR
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
BR
BR
BR
1
A
BR
BR
7 C
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
2
E24
TT
E1
14 B
BR
SP2
16 B
V2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR)
NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION)
BR
LG–B
EO1
BR
13 B
BR
EO2
6 A
26 B
EA
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L–Y
ID
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
1
R–L
P
R–L
3
IC
145
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLS THE GEAR SHIFT TIMING, LOCK–UP TIMING, THE CLUTCH AND BRAKE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE, AND THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING, TO ACHIVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
DRIVING CONDITIONS AND ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS, AS DETECTED BY VARIOUS SENSORS.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SELECTS THE MOST APPROPRIATE GEAR FOR THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO TERMINAL
THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND ALSO ON THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECU) FROM THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THEN
OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND A CONTINUOUS FLOW TO NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSE THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND A
CONTINUOUS FLOW TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSE THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO A CONTINUOUS FLOW TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN
MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, CAUSING A CONTINUOUS TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING
LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL B/K OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), WHICH OPERATES, AND THE CONTINUOUS FLOW TO THE LOCK–UP
SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WHICH OPERATES AND CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE
MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH
THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND IT OPERATES TO PREVENT SHIFTING INTO OVERDRIVE.
SERVICE HINTS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU)
(A) 4– (B)14 : 7.5–14 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED)
0–1.5 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED)
(C) 4– (C) 9 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F))
(C)12– (C) 9 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
(C)11– (C) 9 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
(C) 1– (C) 9 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(A)20– (B)14 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(A) 7– (B)14 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON)
1.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF)
(A) 9– (B)14 : PULSE GENERATION
E 6(A), E 7(C), E 8(B)
146
SERVICE HINTS
(B)16– (B)14 :
(A)22– (B)14 :
(B) 6– (B)14 :
(B)19– (B)14 :
(A)12– (B)14 :
(A) 1– (B)14 :
PULSE GENERATION
9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) P OR N POSITION)
0–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT P OR N POSITION)
7.5–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) AT 2 POSITION)
1.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT 2 POSITION)
7.5–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) AT L POSITION)
1.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT L POSITION)
9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
9–14 VOLTS (ALL CONDITIONS)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C13
C14
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
B
24
E4
A
23
O4
A
P1
SEE PAGE
24
24
E5
C
23
C16
24
E6
B
23
C20
24
E7
23
D1
23
J1
24
T2
23
E2
23
J3
24
V2
23
S7
23
A
24
B
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
29
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3D
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
EB1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
IE1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BM2
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E4
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E17
E18
E22
CODE
E24
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I6
28 (5S–FE)
(
)
ENGINE WIRE
I10
B23
147
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
148
CRUISE CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
1
7. 5A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
GAUGE
3
2
1
R–L
2
B–Y
9 3A
J/B
NO. 3
IE3
C13
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–L A
A
B–Y
9 3D
B , C14 A
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R–L
4
A
12
B
A
G–R
R–L
(M/T)
C20
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
7
W
BR
(M/T)
BR
EA
CCS
18
G–B
15
5
R–B
19
MAIN
R–B
(A/T)
R–W
R–B
C19
CRUISE
CONTROL
CLUTCH SW
II2
RESUME/
ACCEL
SET/
COAST
I23
CANCEL
R–B
TO COMBINATION METER
2
3
1
150
(A/T)
R–W
E1
FROM PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
W
TC
W–B
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
C14 A
COMBINATION
METER
1 3B
R–L
ID
16
1 EA3
15
TO
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
2 3B
J/B
NO. 3
6 BM2
10 A
6 A
I23
R–W
IE3
(A/T)
W–B
(A/T)
(M/T)
V–W
11
3
R–W
G–Y
PKB
2
R–B
8
W
20
D
TC
SPD
B
PI
14
CMS
13
17
C17
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
1
P2
PARKING
BRAKE
SW
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
,E6 B
1
5
R–W
BR–W
(A/T)
I27 : M/T
I19 : A/T
(A/T)
P
BR–W
E18
2
1
W–R
P
TO THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR ” IDL”
15A
STOP
(A/T)
P
E20 : 5S–FE
E10 : 3S–GTE
1
7. 5A
ECU–B
15 B (5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
(3S–GTE)
20 D
BR–W
12 C
12 C
12 A
S2
OD1
2
P–B
, E5 C
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T),
ENGINE ECU (M/T))
(A/T)
D , E5 A
IDL
E4
R–W
1
R–W
W–R
15
VR1
STP–
24
23
11
12
10
16
2
G–W
Y
Y–R
Y–B
L–B
Y–G
3
S7
STOP LIGHT SW
AND CRUISE
CONTROL
STOP SW
4 3D
4
IK1
18
IK1
15
IK1
17
IK1
3
2
1
7
6
5
1
J/B
NO. 3
R–W
6 3D
G–W
R–W
7
Y
IK1
Y–R
8
Y–B
4 3A
J/B
NO. 3
M
G–W
C4
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
W–B
I13
IK1
Y–G
16
L–B
IK1
R–Y
(A/T)
W–B
4
W–B
R–Y
4
B
B
B
W–B
10
J/B
NO. 3
3D
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IE1
G–W
W–B
(M/T)
3
G–W
W–B (M/T)
R–Y (A/T)
R
VR2
L
BATT
STP+
BR–W
(A/T)
(A/T)
BR–Y
ECT
P–B
(A/T)
22
MO
25
9
MC
26
21
7 BM2
II2
OD
L–
VR3
13
17 BM2
18
IDL
GND
C20
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
IE4
P
12
(A/T)
P
P–B
4 EA1
TO ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION
SOLENOID
18 EA3
TO STOP LIGHTS
A
IC
151
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TO TERMINAL
2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SWITCH.
WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISE
CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL
15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TO TERMINAL 19 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL
ECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISE
CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
LIGHT → TERMINAL (B)12 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE
CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATION
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SWITCH IS PUSHED, AND IF THE VEHICLE SPEED IS
WITHIN THE SET LIMIT OF APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE
CONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SWITCH IS RELEASED AND MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET
SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE
SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE COMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE
CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF
THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE
THROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED
IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF THE ECU →
TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE AND CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE, WHICH RETURNS
THE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SWITCH IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST
SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SWITCH IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL
SWITCH IS TURNED OFF, MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROL
UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H), AFTER CANCELING THE SPEED BY
THE CANCEL SWITCH, PUSHING THE RESUME SWITCH WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE
CANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE
ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”
(M/T) SHIFT LEVER IN ANY POSITION EXCEPT “D” POSITION. “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU” (A/T)
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU”
∗ THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE ECU”
152
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWITCH TURNS
OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SWITCH MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON AGAIN.
∗ EXCESS CURRENT TO THE TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN THE CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, KEEPING THE THROTTLE VALVE IN THE
“OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ THE RESUME SWITCH IS ALREADY ON WHEN THE MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH.
∗ THE MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SWITCH IS “ON”
AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCUR DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 16 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
SERVICE HINTS
C 4 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1–3 : APPROX. 2 K
5–4 : APPROX. 38.5 C17 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
15–19
5–19
: CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON
: APPROX. 418 THE WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH THE RESUME/ACCEL SW ON
APPROX. 198 WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON
C20 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
14–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
3–GROUND : CONTINUOUS WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SW ON
20–GROUND: 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF THE ROTOR SHAFT
18–GROUND: APPROX. 418 WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH THE RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
APPROX. 198 WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER AT “D” POSITION (A/T)
13–GROUND: CONTINUOUS WITH THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON
153
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C4
CODE
23 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
C13
B
24
C14
A
24
C17
24
C19
24
SEE PAGE
C20
D1
E4
E5
CODE
24
E6
SEE PAGE
B
23
23 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
J1
24
D
23
J3
24
A
24
P2
24
C
23
S7
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
IE1
IE3
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
II2
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
32
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
26 (3S–GTE)
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E10
SEE PAGE
E18
E20
I13
154
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
32
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I19
ENGINE WIRE
I23
I27
COWL WIRE
32
COWL WIRE
155
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL,
ABS, POWER WINDOW
OR WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
1
2
5
15A
RAD & CIG
1
15A
TAIL
15A
DOME
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
4
4
3
2
1
5
1
1
1
R
1
G
W
(* 1)
GR
W
A
3
GR
2
J/B
NO. 3
4
2
1
3
C11
CLOCK
W–B
(EXCEPT * 1)
(* 1)
W–B
R
W–B
B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
B
10 3D
W–B
A
IC
156
7 3B
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
1 3D
R
C9
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
1
G
GR
G
J/B
NO. 3
(* 1)
A
GR
(EXCEPT * 1)
3 3A
II3
R
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
SERVICE HINTS
C 9 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
C11 CLOCK
3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C9
24
J1
24
C11
24
J2
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
J3
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
II3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
C9
C11
J1
J2
1
2
1
2
3
4
A A
B B
B B
B B
B
B
J3
A A
A A A A A A
A
A
A
A
X
A
B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
157
*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
AUTO ANTENNA
*2 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER
*3 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
2
1
15A
DOME
7. 5A
ECU–IG
4
3
2
2
1
GR
R
B–Y
5
II3
3 3A
R
3
15A
RAD & CIG
J/B
NO. 3
1 3D
3 3D
J/B
NO. 3
(*1)
R
GR
GR
(EXCEPT *1)
GR
I5
R1
A , R2 B
RADIO AND PLAYER
C
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
ANT+
AMP+
1 A (*2)
9 B (*3)
P–L
GR
8 A
8 B
B–R
GR
GR
GR
(*1)
R
(*1)
C
(EXCEPT *1)
11 IE1
7 IE4
8 IE4
(EXCEPT *1)
TO
STEREO
COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
B–Y
GR
G–B
P–L
2
5
6
4
3
B
R–G
L–B
L–G
1
R
W–B
R
1 IE4
7
9
5
8
6
BI
158
W–B
W–B
A2 4 A
B28
BG
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL
RELAY AND MOTOR
W–B
UP
LIMIT
UP
BR–B
DOWN
LIMIT
DOWN
B–W
B
M
L
1
4
2
3
A 24 B
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY
SERVICE HINTS
A24(B) AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY
9–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
7–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
8–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON
3–GROUND
: CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP
2–GROUND
: CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP
4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A24
SEE PAGE
A
24
B
24
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
R1
CODE
24
A
R2
SEE PAGE
B
24
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
21
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
IE4
II3
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I5
A24
1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
32
A24
A
CODE
COWL WIRE
2
1 2
3 4 5 6
5 6
B28
SEE PAGE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
J1
B
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
R1
A
3 4
7
C C C
8 9
1
C C C
8
X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
R2
B
8
9
159
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
1
15A
DOME
15A
RAD & CIG
4
2
1
3
II3
3 3A
R
TO PERSONAL
LIGHT
GR
R
5
1 3D
R
J/B
NO. 3
J/B
NO. 3
2 BL1
3 3D
GR
6 3C
C
GR
L–Y
R
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(A/T)
C
10
1
+B
ACC IN
S9
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
FL+
FL–
AMP+MUTE
WL+ WL– L
WR+ WR–
L
9
3
8
2
5
8
7
1
4
V
G–W
BR
P
L
O
L–W
BR
GND
P
S8
G–W
AMP+MUTE
R
R
3
(SHIELDED)
L–Y
L–Y
(M/T)
GR
I27
(M/T)
R
I27 : M/T
I25 : A/T
(A/T)
R
L–Y
(M/T)
10 3A
R
I27 : M/T
I26 : A/T
6
LG
V
R17
REAR WOOFER
SPEAKER LH
V
IF1
B20
P
P
B16
1
BR
V
2
F13
FRONT SPEAKER
LH
(SHIELDED)
BR
B16
V
7
BR
2
1
V
GND
L
1
IF1
P
10
R
4
4
V
WF+
O
8
MUTE
P
R15
REAR WOOFER
AMPLIFIER
LH
WF–
+B
P
P
3
AMP+
B20 : M/T
I25 : A/T
5
WF–
BR
1
WF+
L
BR
9
BR
L–Y
G–W
L–W
1
2
F17
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
BR
B19
BR
L–Y
IB
160
7
B–R 8
ANT+
G–B
IE4
R1
RADIO AND PLAYER
AMP+
+B
ACC
4
GND
3
MUTE
11
FL+
FR+
S¥GND
BEEP
5
6
7
12
13
RL+
RR+
14
15
BR
1
P–L
S9
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
BR
L
5
6
7
12
13
14
15
FL+
FR+
S¥GND
BEEP
(SHIELDED)
Y
S10
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
9
+B
G
10
R
(SHIELDED)
W
8
AMP+
R
B
(SHIELDED)
I19
W
P–L
I19
B
TO
AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
ACC OUT
MUTE
FR+
FR–
RL+
2
7
5
RL–
12
RL+
RR+
RR+
RR–
4
11
10
W
W
WF–
GND
LG
WF+
+B
9
IJ1
3
IJ1
LG
L–Y
2
BR
R
1
7
R
2
WF–
O
Y
5
Y
L–W
1
AMP+
L
3
WF+
L
V
G
B
4
MUTE
L
8
R18
REAR WOOFER
SPEAKER RH
LG
LG
R16
REAR WOOFER AMPLIFIER RH
LG
1
BR
2
F18
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
L
W
B15
LG
L
LG
L
B
B15
1
2
F14
FRONT SPEAKER
RH
1
2
R11
REAR SPEAKER
LH
1
2
R12
REAR SPEAKER
RH
L–Y
161
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
SERVICE HINTS
S 9 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
10–GROUND
9–GROUND
1–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F13
25
F14
F17
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
R1
24
R17
25
25
R11
25
R18
25
25
R12
25
S8
25
F18
25
R15
25
S9
25
J1
24
R16
25
S10
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1
34
ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IB
SEE PAGE
30
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I19
B15
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I25
B16
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
34
COWL WIRE
I26
I27
162
32
COWL WIRE
B19
B20
163
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o WOOFER SPEAKER)
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL,
ABS, POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
1
2
15A
RAD & CIG
15A
DOME
TO AUTO ANTENNA
CONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
2
4
5
II3
P–L
3
R
3 3A
G–B
R
GR
1
J/B
NO. 3
1 3D
7
IE4
8
IE4
3 3D
8
ANT+
R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
RL–
RR+
FL–
FR+
FR–
RL+
2
6
1
5
2
RR–
R
3
R
1
Y
L
B
6
7
GND
IF1
2
2
2
1
2
1
F18
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) RH
2
R11
REAR
SPEAKER LH
1
2
R12
REAR
SPEAKER RH
BR
F17
FRONT TWEETER
(SPEAKER) LH
W
B
LG
V
F14
FRONT
SPEAKER RH
P
1
B15
L
1
2
IJ1
L
1
F13
FRONT
SPEAKER LH
3
L
B15
LG
B16
V
P
B16
IJ1
LG
1
V
P
IF1
L
LG
V
V
LG
P
FL+
AMP+
W
R2
RADIO AND PLAYER
P
9
+B
BR
4
Y
3
ACC
4
P–L
B–R
6 3C
L–Y
GR
(EXCEPT * 1)
(* 1)
C
GR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
GR
J/B
NO. 3
C
IB
164
SERVICE HINTS
R 2 RADIO AND PLAYER
4–GROUND
3–GROUND
7–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
F13
25
F14
F17
CODE
SEE PAGE
F18
25
25
J1
25
R2
CODE
SEE PAGE
R3
24
24
R11
25
24
R12
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 ((BEHIND COMBINATION METER))
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IB
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
B15
34
F13, F14
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
GRAY
F17, F18
B16
SEE PAGE
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
J1
R2
1 2
1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
1
2
5
6
3
4
C C C
2
7
8
9
C C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
R3
1
3
R11, R12
2
X
6
1
2
165
166
2
EA
4 EA3
1
7 B
4 C
G–Y
R
J/B
NO. 3
IE1
1
LH
2 C
2 EC1
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
RH
A
IC
FOG
G–B
1 3D
FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
ABS ECU
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
POWER STEERING ECU
W–R
R
5
TURN
V–W
(* 1)
V
2 3D
W–R
18
W–B
SRS
II3
W–B
1
5
R–Y
7 A
R–Y
6 B
R–Y
4 A
R
FROM
HAZARD SW
TURN SIGNAL SW
FROM FOG
LIGHT RELAY
4
R–Y
5 BM1
15A
DOME
TO CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
2 3C
3
R
A
OPEN DOOR
J/B
NO. 3
R–W
9
FROM IGNITION SW ” IG2”
2
R–W
B–O
3D
CHARGE
9 3A
Y
R–L
7. 5A
GAUGE
TO DOOR COURTESY SW
Y
11 EA3
Y
R–L
2
W–B
E9
ENGINE OIL
LEVEL SENSOR
D
VOLT
R–L
(EXCEPT * 1)
1
TO GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR) ” L”
B , C16
(5S–FE)
OIL LEVEL
A
(3S–GTE)
L–W
C13 C , C14 A , C15
COMBINATION METER
R
OIL LEVEL
DELAY
CIRCUIT
R
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
OIL TEMP.
R
(* 1)
OIL LEVEL
1
TO DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
W–B
R–L
(3S–GTE)
W–B
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
V
7. 5A
ECU–B
1
II2
5 C
6 C
3 C
10 A
13 A
12 A
5 B
SPEED
(3S–GTE)
1 A
I 2 : M/T
I10 : A/T
ID2
1 EC1
10 3C
J/B
NO. 3
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
6
IE3
FROM CLUTCH
START SW
9
IK2
Y
B
C13 C , C14 A , C15
COMBINATION METER
(A/T)
11 A
L–B
1
11 EA1
1
R–B
(5S–FE)
W–B
2
W–B
(3S–GTE)
B6
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
FUEL
BR
BR
3
BR
TO TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR
(5S–FE)
I27 : M/T
I10 : A/T
B14
BE
W–B
(3S–GTE)
W–B
W–B
R–B
(EXCEPT * 1)
B6
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
R–B 1
2
II2
R–B
(* 1)
TO ABS ECU
R–B
FUEL
GAUGE
F5
FUEL SENDER
3 3B
BF
BR
J/B NO. 3
TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU
2
L–B
P2
PARKING
BRAKE SW
(* 1)
R–B
1
6 A
1 3B
2 3B
TO COOLING FAN ECU
8 C
IE3
R–B
(* 1)
R–B
R–B
L–W
3
13 C
Y–L
R–B
5 EA1
16
D
Y–R
I23
(EXCEPT * 1)
R–B
R–B
L–B
L–W
I23
(3S–GTE)
3 A
(* 1)
IE1
L–Y
(3S–GTE)
TURBO
PRESSURE
SECURITY
9 C
R–B
B , C16
(3S–GTE)
STARTER
CHECK
RELAY
10 C
12
5 A
BRAKE
HIGH BEAM
(3S–GTE)
COOLING
FAN
10 B
(3S–GTE)
Y–R
Y
R
9 BM2
(M/T)
B
(A/T)
FROM HEADLIGHTS
R–L
II2
R–L
5
10
EA1
V
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
V
FROM PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
V
ID
167
168
W–B
Y–B
3 EA3
7 EA3
Y–B
IE1
1
EA
17
3 B
7 C
11 C
1
O1
OIL
PRESSURE
SW
IE1
8
12 C
II4
G–R
G–W
4 B
LG
(A/T)
CRUISE
POWER
STEERING
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT)
(5S–FE)
O/D OFF
C13
G–W
7
B–Y
IG+
15
TO ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE ECU)
2 B
LG
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU
IE1
SI
TO POWER STEERING ECU
LG
1 B
SEAT BELT
SE
BR–R
OIL
2
Y–B
BR
3
TO O/D MAIN SW
18
W–B
WATER TEMP.
TACHO
Y–R
TO SEAT BELT
WARNING RELAY
W–B
6 EA3
W–B
Y–G
B
2 A
W1
WATER
TEMP. SENDER
IE1
Y–G
13
Y–G
FROM IGNITOR
B
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
2
BR
7. 5A
ECU–IG
3
1
2
B–Y
7 EB1
COMBINATION METER
C ,C 14 A , C 1 5 B , C 16 D
8 B
IE1
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
1
EA1
BR
3
8
BM1 BM2
(M/T) (A/T)
BR
BR
FROM A/T INDICATOR SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)](A/T)
LG–R
LG
R–W
P–B
R–B
L–Y
12 EA1
9 EA1
13 EA1
13 EA3
14 EA1
L–Y
5 BM2
ABS
ILLUMINATION
9 B
L
9 A
5 D
4 D
2
D
8 D
3 D
L–Y
R–B
P–B
LG
6 D
(A/T)
LG–R
8 A
2 D
N
R
(A/T)
R–B
4 BM2
(A/T)
P–B
11 BM2
(A/T)
R–W
6 BM2
(A/T)
LG
12 BM2
R–W
LG–B
13 BM2
(* 1)
A
(A/T)
A
G
11 EA1
(*1)
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
(EXCEPT * 1)
G
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY
1 D
P
7 D
C13
C , C 14 A , C1 5 B , C 16 D
W–B
(A/T)
W–B
(A/T)
G
(A/T)
FROM TAILLIGHT
RELAY
12 3D
J/B
NO. 3
A
IC
BR
W–B
G–O
TO RHEOSTAT
TO ABS ECU
R–B
COMBINATION METER
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
ID
169
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
B 6 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
C13(C), C14(A), C15(B) COMBINATION METER
(C)6, (C) 5–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 4–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(A)1, (B)2, (A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
C16 (D) COMBINATION METER (5S–FE A/T)
(D) 7–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND
: CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA)
P 2 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND
: CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
W 1 WATER TEMP. SENDER
1–GROUND
: APPROX. 198.5 AT 50°C (122°F)
: APPROX. 29.7 AT 105°C (221°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
C13
C14
C15
C16
25
24
24
24
24
C
A
B
D
CODE
E9
F5
I3
J1
J2
SEE PAGE
22
24
22
24
24
CODE
J3
O1
P2
V1
W1
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
2
5
SEE PAGE
19
20
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EA3
EB1
EC1
ID2
IE1
IE3
SEE PAGE
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
26 (3S–GTE)
30
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
32
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
II2
II3
II4
IK2
BM1
BM2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
IC
ID
BE
BF
170
SEE PAGE
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
30
30
34
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
RIGHT KICK PANEL
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
FRONT LEFT FENDER
SEE PAGE
24
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
24
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I2
I10
32
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I27
32
COWL WIRE
B14
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I23
171
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. COOLING FAN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF FAN MAIN RELAY →
TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN MAIN RELAY OF EACH FAN TO TURN ON.
AT THE TIME, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2, AND FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF FAN
RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 8 OF A/C
AMPLIFIER. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL 1 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN RELAY NO. 3 TO TURN ON.
* OPERATION AT LOW SPEED
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE FAN MAIN RELAY AND FAN RELAY NO. 1, NO. 2 AND NO. 3 TURN ON, THE CURRENT
FLOWS FROM ATL FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 5 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3
→ TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES,
CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* OPERATION AT HIGH SPEED
DURING A/C OPERATION, WHEN THE PRESSURE OF A/C COMPRESSOR BECOMES HIGHER THAN NORMAL PRESSURE (MORE
THAN 1402 KPA 14.3 KG/CM2 203 PSI), THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW TURNS OFF.
AS A RESULT, FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 TURN OFF AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM ALT FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAIN
RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FAN
RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, AT THE SAME TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF FAN MAIN RELAY TO RAD FAN FUSE →
TERMINAL 4 OF FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING
TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
NOTE THAT, EVEN IF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 90°C (194°F), THE WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR
FAN) TURNS OFF A SIGNAL IS SENT TO TERMINAL 9 OF A/C AMPLIFIER. BECAUSE THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF A/C
AMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 6 IS SHUT OFF, THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW AND GROUND IS DEACTIVATED,
SO THE SAME OPERATION CONTINUES.
2. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY →
TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 10 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 11 → TERMINAL (A)4 AND (A)5 OF A/C
CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 AND
(A)5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A)6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF
HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 →
GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)
5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF
HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 3 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL
(A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MEDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)
5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF
HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 →
TERMINAL (A) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT
MEDIUM LOW SPEED.
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M2 POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF
HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OF HEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1
OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 2 OF BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) → TERMINAL (A) 6 →
GROUND.
THIS CURRENT FLOWS FROM BLOWER MOTOR TO GROUND IS GREATER THAN AT M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTOR
ROTATES AT MEDIUM HIGH SPEED.
172
3. OPERATION OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR
∗ SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR.
WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF AIR INLET SERVO
MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (C) 9 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES
AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT
POSITION.
∗ SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH
WITH IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
4 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (C) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND,
THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT
POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 6 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW OF THE CONTROL
ASSEMBLY SW.
WHEN THE MODE SELECTION SW OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS MOVED TO DEF POSITION WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE
POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 14 OF A/C
CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES THEN UNIT THE DAMPER REACHES DEF POSITION.
FOOT/DEF POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 5 OF A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY.
FOOT POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 4 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
BI–LEVEL POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 13 OF CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
THE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE
SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR AND CURRENT TEMPARATURE FROM THE WATER TEMP. SW, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/C
FUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 11 OF A/C AMPLIFIER.
AT THIS TIME, THE A/C AMPLIFIER IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 →
GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TURN ON, SO THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF A/C
MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH → GROUND, CAUSING THE A/C COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE.
WITH THE ACTIVATION OF A/C AMPLIFIER, CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 1 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) → TERMINAL 14 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND TURNS ON THE
VSV TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE SPEED DURING THE AIR CONDITIONING OPERATES.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIR
CONDITIONING.
∗ THE ENGINE SPEED DECREASES. (3S–GTE)
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
173
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
I10
IGNITION SW
2
B–O
I15 : M/T
I26 : A/T
13
B–R 10 AM2
IG2 9
ST2
B
D3
DIODE (FOR A/C SYSTEM)
2
B–O
B–O
II2
B–R
II3
B–O
1
B
B
W–B
W–B
W
B–O
B–O
B–O
W
7
II3
L–R
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3
3
2
2
FAN
MAIN
RELAY
4
5
W
5
1
5
W–B
5
30A CDS FAN
2
3
4
2
FAN
RELAY
NO. 1
30A RAD FAN
5
7. 5A
AM2
3
1
5
5
1
W
B
W
B
B
B
L–R
W–R
5
W–B
B6
7
5
1
2
120A ALT
40A HTR
4
FAN
RELAY
NO. 2
3
5
5
L–R
5
2
A17
A/C
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
M
1
2
W
W–B
L–W
W–B
M
1
5
10
5
R5
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
W–B
4
5
B 7 : *1
B 8 : *2
8
5
B6
W–R
5
L–R
B–O
B
5
B
W–B
W
W–B
L
FL MAIN
2. 0L
5
5
4
II2
L
5
IH1
L
L
5
1
3
W–B
FAN
RELAY
NO. 3
2
BATTERY
5
5
L–R
BE
174
* 1 : W/ POWER STEERING
* 2 : W/O POWER STEERING
12
II3
R–L
R–L
24
P–G
P–G
II2
B
5
5
L
B
R–L
P–G
W–B
5
5
R
5
R
3
4
10A
A/C
Y
3
1
5
5
5
L–R
R
A18
SHORT PIN
(W/O A/C)
2
HEATER
RELAY
II2
W–B
3
2
2
19
A18
A/C SINGLE
PRESSURE SW
[A/C TRIPLE
PRESSURE SW]
(W/ A/C)
1
L
2
9
IH1
L–R
B6
IH1
L–R
W–L
TW
B–W
W–L
B–W
4
B–W
3
B–L
L–R
IE1
16 EA3
12
14
IH1
B–W
W–L
16
B–W
IH1
1
I36
8
3
15
WRP
PRS
A1
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
W–R
18
2
II4
Y
(W/O A/C)
1
L–O
9
SG2
1
E5
I36
L–R
1
WRS
W–L
(W/ A/C)
(W/ A/C)
Y
L
R
IH1
(W/ A/C)
10
R
IH1
Y–L
4
B–W
12
(W/O A/C)
W–B
4
II2
2
IH1
(3S–GTE)
A8
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
20
W–R
II2
Y
1
L–R
I29
L–R
B–L
W–R
1
Y
Y
2
L
II2
L–R
18
A18
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
[A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]
W3
WATER TEMP. SW
(FOR
RADIATOR FAN,
W/O A/C)
MGC
A4
A/C AMPLIFIER
L–W
3
4
IGN
5
(3S–GTE)
SG1
16
B
TE
12
G
W3
WATER TEMP.
SENSOR (W/ A/C)
1
21
L
W–R
2
II2
L
W–B
23
L–R
R
(W/ A/C)
R
B
(W/O A/C)
L–R
B
6
IH1
A9
A/C THERMISTOR
B
10
IE4
B
FROM
IGNITER
175
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
R–L
R–L
R–L
P–G
P–G
W–B
(* 2)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
I36
16
W–B
I29
10
3D
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
Y
(W/O A/C)
(* 2)
J/B NO. 3
12
3D
(A/T)
Y
8
IH1
W
IH1
W
W–B
P
L
L
L–R
L–R
10
Y–L
EA3
W–B
B–W
10 A (3S–GTE)
1
BR–B
ACT
ACA
8 B (5S–FE A/T)
3 C (5S–FE M/T)
21 B
6 C
9 EA3
6
11
14
AC1
IG
GND
A/C
VSV
W–B
W–B
(A/T)
(M/T)
W–B
2
IE4
17
SELECT
W–B
A4
A/C AMPLIFIER
BG
176
A
A
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
W–B
B22
W–B
7
IH1
W–B
2
19
(M/T)
IH1
10
ACT
I27 : M/T
I26 : A/T
BR–R
11
W–G
IH1
BR–R
7
P
IH1
(3S–GTE)
P
R–L
3
W–B
IH1
R–L
17
B–Y
IH1
IE4
P–G
15
6
B–W
IE3
16 BM2 (A/T)
6 BM1 (M/T)
P–G
8
BR–B
B–W
W–B
P–G
B , E4 C
A , E4
E4
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T))
AC
2
W–B
Y–L
IE4
V 4
VSV
(FOR A/C IDLE–UP
SYSTEM) (3S–GTE)
5
Y–L
BI
IC
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : EXCEPT * 1
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
P–G
P–G
L–W
L–W
L–W
I20 : M/T
I22 : A/T
W–B
(* 2)
(* 2)
W–B
W–B
(* 2)
(* 2)
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
L–W
W–B
W
P
L
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY
L
B2
BLOWER MOTOR
L–R
I30 : M/T
I29 : A/T
4
W–B
B3
BLOWER
RESISTOR
3
M
2
1
L–B
2
1
L–O
L–B
L–W
L–R
P
5 A
1 A
2 A
3 A
4 A
5 B
6 B
W
L–Y
6 A
L–W
W–B
G
L–B
3 B
2 B
A/C
OFF
A 5
C , A6
LO
M1
M2
HI
A , A7 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
177
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 46)
R–L
1
R–L
R–L
7. 5A
GAUGE
P–G
7 3C (M/T)
8 3C (A/T)
L–W
8 3D
2
1
J/B
NO. 3
9
R–L
3A
W–B
(* 2)
9 3D
3 3C
W–B
(* 1)
R–L
R–L
R–L
(* 2)
(* 2)
P–G
W–B
L–W
(* 1)
BR–W
L–O
L–Y
R–L
BR–B
Y
A
A
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R–L
(* 1)
R–L
W–B (* 2)
W–B (* 2)
W–B
(* 1)
L–Y
BR–B
Y
13 C
4 C
5 C
14 C
FACE
A5
C , A6 A , A7 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
178
B/L
FOOT
F/D
DEF
R–L
L–O
12 C
G
BR–W
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY
3 C
10 C
* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
* 2 : EXCEPT * 1
A12
AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR
R–L
(* 2)
R–L
(* 1)
4
FRESH
L
3
G
1
P–G
10
RECIRC
R–L (* 2)
M
P–G
L–W
11
BR–W
BR–W
1
L–O
L–O
2
L–Y
L–Y
3
BR–B
BR–B
4
Y
Y
5
R–L
6
W–B
7
R–L
(* 1)
R–L
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
(* 1)
(* 2)
W–B
DEF
FOOT
IC
FOOT/DEF
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
B
BI–LEVEL
W–B (* 2)
FACE
W–B (* 2)
M
(* 1)
G
L
R–Y
9 C
1 C
11 C
(* 1)
(* 2)
TO DEFOGGER RELAY
W–B
W–B
B
A13
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
15 C
DEFOGGER
RECIRC
A5
C , A6
FRESH
A , A 7
B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
179
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
SERVICE HINTS
A 9 A/C THERMISTOR
3–4 : APPROX. 4852 AT 0°C (32°F)
APPROX. 2341 AT 15°C (59°F)
APPROX. 1500 AT 25°C (77°F)
A18 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]
1–4 : OPEN WITH THE PRESSURE LESS THAN 206 KPA (30 PSI, 2.1 KG/CM2) OR ABOVE 2648 KPA (384 PSI, 27 KG/CM2)
W 3 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 83°C (184.4°F)
B 3 BLOWER RESISTOR
1–3 : APPROX. 0.45 3–2 : APPROX. 0.78 2–4 : APPROX. 0.91 A 4 A/C AMPLIFIER
7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUOUS
18–9
: CONTINUOUS WITH THE WATER TEMP. SW CLOSED [BELOW APPROX. 83°C (184.4°F)]
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING (3S–GTE)
11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON
A12 AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR
4–3 : CLOSED WITH THE AIR INLET DAMPER AT RECIRC POSITION
4–1 : CLOSED WITH THE AIR INLET DAMPER AT FRESH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A1
A4
A5
C
A6
A
A7
B
A8
A9
A12
SEE PAGE
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
CODE
A13
A17
A18
B2
B3
D3
E4
SEE PAGE
A
B
24
25
25
24
24
24
22
23
CODE
E4
C
I10
J1
J3
R5
V4
W3
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
5
SEE PAGE
19
20
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C
3D
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA3
SEE PAGE
26 (3S–GTE)
28 (5S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
IE1
IE3
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IH1
30
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
II2
II3
II4
BM1
BM2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
BE
BG
BI
180
SEE PAGE
30
34
34
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
SEE PAGE
23
24
24
24
25
22 (3S–GTE), 23 (5S–FE)
25
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
26 (3S–GTE)
E5
28 (5S–FE)
CODE
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I30
I15
I36
I20
B6
I22
34
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I29
COWL WIRE
B7
I26
B8
I27
B22
32
COWL WIRE
32
A/C SUB WIRE
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
181
GROUND POINT
W–B
W–B
POWER STEERING
RELAY
W–B
POWER STEERING
ECU
W–B
W–B
B14
W–B
B7
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
B3
RETRACT MOTOR RH
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
(* 4)
W–B
W–B
B11
W–B
B14
FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHT RH
W–B
B7
B11
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
(* 4)
W–B
W–B
W–B
5
(* 3)
(* 4)
W–B
B6
FRONT LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT DOOR
COURTESY SW
(W/ THEFT
DETERRENT)
(* 3)
W–B
B13
W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 4)
W–B
(* 1)
(* 4)
W–B
W–B
B7
B12
FAN RELAY NO. 2
W–B
B8
RETRACT MOTOR LH
FRONT SIDE MARKER
LIGHT LH
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
AND PARKING
LIGHT RH
W–B
W–B
FOG LIGHT RH
W–B
(* 4)
B6
W–B
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
W–B
B11
FOG LIGHT LH
W–B
(* 1)
B14
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
AND PARKING
LIGHT LH
(* 4)
W–B
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SW
W–B
RETRACT CONTROL
RELAY
W–B
B11
W–B
ABS ACTUATOR
W–B
B7
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
5
HEATER RELAY
5
(E)
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
(* 4)
W–B
B8
FAN MAIN RELAY
5
(–S)
5
FAN RELAY NO. 3
W–B
BF
182
BE
(* 3)
W–B
(* 4)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B11
POWER STEERING
DRIVER
*1 : W/ ELECTRO–HYDAULIC POWER STEERING, W/ FOG LIGHT
*2 : 5S–FE M/T
* 3 : W/ ELECTRO–HYDAULIC POWER STEERING
* 4 : W/O ELECTRO–HYDAULIC POWER STEERING
BR
(E01)
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY
(E02)
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION
ECU (A/T),
ENGINE ECU (M/T))
(E1)
W–B
COOLING FAN ECU
(FOR ENGINE
COMPARTMENT)
(3S–GTE)
BR
E7
W–B
3
W–B
(3S–GTE)
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
(3S–GTE)
W–B
E6
E11
BR
E11
BR
W–B
E24
(A/T)
BR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
(E1)
(5S–FE)
E22
E24
BR
3
EA3
(3S–GTE)
7
IE1
W–B
(5S–FE)
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
SENSOR
W–B COMBINATION METER
(ET)
W–B
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
(5S–FE)
W–B
(5S–FE)
BR
OXYGEN SENSOR
(SUB)
W–B
EC1
W–B
BR
BR
E20
BR
E24
W–B
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION
SYSTEM)
(5S–FE)
W–B
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR)
(FOR ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM)
2
W–B
BR
(3S–GTE)
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION
SYSTEM)
(3S–GTE)
W–B
BR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(OXYGEN SENSOR)
COMBINATION METER
(ET)
W–B
BR
BR
W–B
IE1
(3S–GTE)
E11
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
(E1)
7
W–B
EA3
W–B
BR
EA
19
W–G
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–B
IH1
(* 2)
(* 2)
2
W–B
IE4
(* 2)
W–B
B29
B22
BACK–UP LIGHT
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
REAR LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT KEY
UNLOCK SW
B
W–B
STARTER RELAY
W–B
HIGH MOUNTED STOP
LIGHT
2
EFI MAIN RELAY
2
W–B
W–B
B23
B28
B22
B23
2
W–B
B
(E)
IGNITION MAIN
RELAY
W–B
2
W–B
(–S)
W–B
W–B
W–B
CIRCUIT OPENING
RELAY
W–B
7
EA1
W–B
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
B26
W–B
W–B
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
B28
W–B
W–B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER (–)
W–B
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL
RELAY AND MOTOR
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
BG
BI
BH
183
GROUND POINT
W–B
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
W–B
(EXCEPT * 1)
8
3B
W–B
10
3D
W–B
COMBINATION SW (ED)
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
6
3A
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
7
W–B
W–B
B16
W–B
B17
W–B
DOOR KEY CYLINDER
LIGHT AND OUT SIDE
HANDLE SW
W–B
I7
B16
W–B
10
W–B
IF1
SEAT BELT WARNING
RELAY
10
3C
W–B
COMBINATION METER
(EP)
W–B
COMBINATION SW
(EL)
11
3D
(* 7)
W–B
W–B
(EXCEPT * 1)
12
3D
W–B
BR
10
IK1
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
CLOCK
W–B
11
I16 : M/T
I 5 : A/T
IGNITION SW AND
UNLOCK WARNING SW
9
3B
3C
B20 : M/T
I25 : A/T
REAR WOOFER
AMPLIFIER LH
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
W–B
B16
W–B
DEFOGGER RELAY
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW LH
(* 1)
(EXCEPT * 1)
W–B
POWER WINDOW MASTER
SW AND DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW LH
W–B
B16
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION AND DOOR
OPEN DETECTION SW LH
BUCKLE SW
(* 1)
W–B
7
3B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
3A
B16
I24
W–B
W–B
I27
(EXCEPT * 4)
W–B
W–B
COMBINATION SW
W–B
I27 : M/T
I 6 : A/T
(A/T)
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
RHEOSTAT
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
(* 5)
BR
B20
W–B
BR
RADIO AND PLAYER
(EXCEPT *5)
(A/T)
W–B
I6
(A/T)
BR
W–B
W–B
I29
COMBINATION SW (E)
O/D MAIN SW
A/T INDICATOR
LIGHT [COMB. METER]
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
W–B
(EXCEPT * 1)
W–B
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(E2)
W–B
I29
W–B
REAR WOOFER
AMPLIFIER RH
W–B
W–B
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
BR
BR
IB
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
GND
ABS ECU
16
IH1
I29
8
W–B
IH1
(W/ A/C)
W–B
W–B
19
IH1
W–G
W–B
Y
(W/O A/C)
4
IH1
W–B
I27
Y
1
II2
Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
GND
A
A
I27 : M/T
I26 : A/T
A
W–B
W
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
I36
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
I29
(EXCEPT * 1)
W–B
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
W–B
184
INTERIOR LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY
WATER TEMP. SW
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
BLOWER RESISTOR
A
A
IC
A/C AMPLIFIER
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
*2 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER
*3 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
*4 : W/ DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
*1 : (1) A/T
(2) M/T W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKERER
W–B
(EXCEPT * 1)
W–B
2
IE3
W–B
(A/T)
4
BM1
7
EA1
W–B
W–B
*5 : W/ CD PLAYER
*6 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT
*7 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT
STARTER RELAY
(M/T)
(*6)
B
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
(*1)
B
W–B
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
I13
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
W–B
B
(*1)
W–B
CLOCK
B
(*1)
W–B
POWER MAIN RELAY
B
I26 : M/T
I30 : A/T
10
W–B
W–B
IJ1
B15
W–B
1
EA1
I27 : M/T
I10 : A/T
BR
8
3
BM2 BM1
(A/T)
BR
(M/T)
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
W–B
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW
RH
W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW RH
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
I27 : M/T
I10 : A/T
BR
DOOR LOCK MOTOR,
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION AND DOOR
OPEN DETECTION SW RH
COMBINATION METER
(ES)
FUEL SENDER
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(E1)
W–B
BR
W–B
W–B
COMBINATION METER
W–B
B
(*1)
BR
B15
B15
(*1)
RHEOSTAT
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
FUEL PUMP
W–B
B
(*1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
B
J1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
W–B
DOOR LOCK ECU
W–B
I26 : M/T
I27 : A/T
(A/T)
W–B
W–B
SHIFT LOCK ECU
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION
METER)
B
(M/T)
W–B
ID
185
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
CODE
24
J3
SEE PAGE
CODE
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
19
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5
20
R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B
3C
21
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
26 (3S–GTE)
EA3
EC1
28 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO.
NO 2)
26 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1
IE3
IE4
IF1
30
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
30
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II2
32
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
32
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1
32
FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM1
BM2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
26 (3S–GTE)
EA
28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB
30
LEFT KICK PANEL
IC
30
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID
30
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE
34
FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF
34
FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG
34
UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BH
34
UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR
BI
34
LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER
186
SEE PAGE
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E6
E7
B7
ENGINE WIRE
B8
B9
28 (5S–FE)
(5S FE)
E24
B11
I5
B12
I6
B13
I7
B14
I10
B15
I13
B16
I16
B17
32
COWL WIRE
B20
I25
B22
I26
B23
I27
B26
I29
B28
I30
I36
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B6
26 (3S–GTE)
(3S GTE)
E20
I24
SEE PAGE
B3
E11
E22
CODE
34
LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
34
COWL WIRE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B29
32
A/C SUB WIRE
187